FRSM and MPSM Command Reference...6-3 Cisco Frame Relay Services (FRSM/MPSM) Configuration and...

C H A P T E R

6-1Cisco Frame Relay Services (FRSM/MPSM) Configuration and Command Reference Guide for MGX Switches, Release 5.1

Release 5.1, Part Number OL-6480-01 Rev. A0, January 2005

6FRSM and MPSM Command Reference

The preferred tool to configure, monitor, and control a Cisco MGX switch is the Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) application. The command-line interface (CLI) also provides access to Cisco MGX switches and is highly applicable during initial installation, troubleshooting, and any situation in which low-level control is useful.

This chapter documents the CLI commands that are supported on the Frame Relay Service Module (FRSM) and the Multi Protocol Service Module (MPSM) cards that are supported by the PXM1, PXM1E, and the PXM45 processor cards in Cisco MGX 8230, Cisco MGX 8250, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1), Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), and Cisco MGX 8830 switches.

Note In this documentation release not all of the Frame Relay service module commands supported on Cisco MGX PXM1-based systems have been documented. Only those PXM1 commands supported on the MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C service modules have been documented and verified. For PXM1 documentation of the CLI commands supported on the FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-HS2/B, FRSM-HS2, and FRSM-HS1/B service modules, refer to the Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switch Command Reference, Release 1.1.3, the Cisco MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Command Reference, Release 1.1.3, and the Cisco MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Command Reference, Release 1.1.3.

Note For information on which PXM processor cards support each type of service module, see Table 1-2 in Chapter 1, “Introduction.”

The commands in the tables that follow (Table 6-1 to Table 6-6) are divided by major functional group. Each table shows the complete name of the command and the service module cards for which the command is valid. These tables do not make a distinction between which PXM processor card supports a particular command.

For information on which of the PXM processor cards a command is supported on, consult the individual pages describing each command. On the individual pages describing each command the following conventions are used in describing which PXM processor card a command is supported on:

• If no distinction is called out between the different PXM processor cards a command may be supported on, then the command is supported on all three of the current PXM processor cards (PXM1, PXM1E, and PXM45).

• If a command is valid only on an individual PXM processor card, then this distinction will be called out and identified.

Examples of usage for the more common commands appear in the configuration chapters of this manual.



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Reference

The privilege levels of the FRSM and MPSM commands can be found on the individual pages describing each command, or they can be found at the CLI by using the help or the ? command. Only those commands available at the user’s login privilege level and below will be seen on the CLI and available for use by the user.

For information about navigating the command-line interface, refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Configuration Guide, Release 5.1, and the Cisco MGX 8850 Edge Concentrator Installation and Configuration, Release 1.1.3 documentation.

Tip If you are viewing this material in a book- or chapter-length PDF file, you can click on any command in the following tables to link to the description for that command. You can also click on commands listed in the “Related Commands” sections to link to command descriptions.

Table 6-1 FRSM and MPSM Session Management Commands

CommandMPSM-8T1-FRMMPSM-8E1-FRM

FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1

FRSM-8T1-CFRSM-8E1-C FRSM-2T3E3 FRSM-2CT3 FRSM-HS2/B

? X X X X X

clear X X X X X

clrscrn X X X X X

cls X X X X X

Help X X X X X

myid X X X X X

setcmdc X X X X X

setpagemode X X X X X

Table 6-2 FRSM and MPSM Card Management Commands


FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1


chkflash X X X X X

clrcderrs X X X X X

clrdiagresults X

clrmsgcnt X X X X X

clrslftst X X X X

clrtaskinfo X X X X X

cnfcdparms X X X X X

cnfdiagtest X

cnfegrservtype X X X

cnfprfparam X




cnfslftst X X X X

cnfstdabrctrl X X X

cnfunit391 X X

core X

dspbufoverflow X X X X

dspcd X X X X X

dspcderrs X X X X X

dspcdparms X X X X X

dspdiagresults X

dspdiagtests X

dspegrservtype X X X

dspfdminfo X X X

dspfeature X X X X

dspliccd X

dspmsgcnt X X X X X

dspprfhist X

dspslftst X X X X

dspslftsttbl X X X X

dspstatparms X X X X X

dspstdabrctrl X X X

dsptaskinfo X X X X X

dsptotals X X X X X

dspunit391 X X

i X X X X X

memShow X X X X X

movelic X

pausediag X

resumediag X

rundiagtest X

runslftstno X X X X

version X X X X X

Table 6-2 FRSM and MPSM Card Management Commands (continued)


FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1





Table 6-3 FRSM and MPSM Line Management Commands


FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1


acqdsx3bert X

addds3loop X X

addds3rmtloop X X

addln X X X X X

addlnloop X X X X

addrmtloop X

clralm X X X X

clralmcnt X X X X

clralmcnts X X X X

clralms X X X X

clrbertcntrs X

clrbertstats X

cnfbert X

cnfclktype X

cnfds3ln X X

cnfdsx3bert X

cnfln X X X X

cnflnloop X X

cnflnsubrate X

cnfoamlpbk X X X X

cnfrdimapenbl X X X X X

delbert X

delds3loop X X

deldsx3bert X

delln X X X X X

dellnloop X X X X

dspalm X X X X X

dspalmcnf X X X X X

dspalmcnt X X X X

dspalms X X X X X

dspbert X

dspbertstats X

dspds3ln X X

dspds3lns X X




dspdsx3bert X

dspln X X X X

dsplns X X X X

dspoamlpbk X X X X

dsprdimapenbl X X X X X

dsptotals X X X X X

dspusedlnmap X

insbiterror X

moddsx3bert X

startbert X

startdsx3bert X

stopbert X

xcnfalm X X X X X

xcnfalmcnt X X

xcnfdsx3bert X

xcnfln X X X X X

xdspdsx3bert X

xdspln X X X X X

xdsplns X X X X X

Table 6-4 FRSM and MPSM Port Management Commands


FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1


acqdsx3bert X

addport X X X X X

clrbertstats X

clrportcnt X X X X X

clrportcnts X X X X X

cnfbert X

cnfdsx3bert X

cnfegrq X X X

cnfm32eqthresh X X

cnfport X X X X X

Table 6-3 FRSM and MPSM Line Management Commands (continued)


FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1





cnfportcllm X X X X X

cnfportstdabrctrl X X

copyports X X X

delbert X

deldsx3bert X

delport X X X X X

delports X X X

downport X X X X X

dspbert X

dspbertstats X

dspdsx3bert X

dspegrq X X X

dspegrqs X X X

dspm32eqthresh X X

dspport X X X X X

dspportcnt X X X X X

dspports X X X X X

dspportstats X X X

dsptotals X X X X X

insbiterror X

moddsx3bert X

startbert X

startdsx3bert X

stopbert X

upport X X X X X

xclrportcnt X X X X X

xcnfdsx3bert X

xcnfport X X X X X

xdspdsx3bert X

xdspport X X X X X

xdspportcnt X X X X X

xdspports X X X X X

Table 6-4 FRSM and MPSM Port Management Commands (continued)


FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1





Table 6-5 FRSM and MPSM Resource Partition Management Commands


FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1


addcdrscprtn X X X X X

addrscprtn X X X X X

cnfcdprtntype X X X X X

cnfcdrscprtn X X X X X

cnfportrscprtn X X X X X

cnfrscprtn X X X X X

delcdrscprtn X X X X X

delrscprtn X X X X X

dspcdprtntype X X X X X

dspcdrscprtn X X X X X

dspportrscprtn X X X X X

dsprscprtn X X X X X

xcnfportrscprtn X X X

xcnfrscprtn X

Table 6-6 FRSM and MPSM Connection Management Commands


FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1


addchan X X X X X

addchanloop X X X X X

addcon X X X X X

addspvc X X X X X

clrchancnt X X X X X

clrchancnts X X X X X

clrsarcnt X X X X X

clrsarcnts X X X X X

cnfchan X X X

cnfchanabrparams X X X X X

cnfchanabrrates X X X X X

cnfchancacoff X X X X X

cnfchanegressq X X X X X

cnfchaneir X X X X X




cnfchanfst X X X X X

cnfchaningressq X X X X X

cnfchanmap X X X X X

cnfchanpol X X X X X

cnfchansrvrate X X X X X

cnfchanstdabr X X X X X

cnfchantrapenbl X X X X X

cnfcon X X X X X

cnffst X X X X X

cnftrafficgen X X X X X

copychans X X X X X

cpstobps X X X X X

delchan X X X X X

delchanloop X X X X X

delchans X X X X X

delcon X X X X X

dncon X X X X X

dspchan X X X X X

dspchancnt X X X X X

dspchanmap X X X X X

dspchans X X X X X

dspchanstdabr X X X X X

dspchantrapenbl X X X X X

dspchstats X X X

dspcon X X X X X

dspcons X X X X X

dspfst X X X X X

dsplcn X X X X X

dspmaptbl X X X X X

dspsarcnt X X X X X

dspsarcnts X X X X X

dspservrate X X X X X

dsptotals X X X X X

dsptrafficgen X X X X X

Table 6-6 FRSM and MPSM Connection Management Commands (continued)


FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1





queDsp X X

rrtcon X X X X X

tstcon X X X X X

tstdelay X X X X X

upcon X X X X X

xclrchancnt X X X X X

xcnfchan X X X X X

xcnfchanstdabr X X

xdspchan X X X X X

xdspchancnt X X X X X

xdspchans X X X X X

xdspchanstdabr X X

Table 6-6 FRSM and MPSM Connection Management Commands (continued)


FRSM-8T1FRSM-8E1




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Reference?

?Help—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the ? command to display a list of the commands supported on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

?

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Command list for the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > ?

? No Any Any UserHelp No Any Any Useraddchanloop No Active Group 4addcon Yes Active Group 2addln Yes Active Group 1addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)addport Yes Active Group 1addrscprtn No Active Any Useraddspvc Yes Active Group 2chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2)clear No Any Any Userclrcderrs No Any Super Group (0)clrchancnt No Active Group 5clrchancnts No Active Group 3clrmsgcnt No Active Group 5clrportcnt No Active Group 5clrportcnts No Active Group 5clrsarcnt No Active Group 5clrsarcnts No Active Group 5clrscrn No Any Any User

Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:

Log: No State: Any Privilege: Any User



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceacqdsx3bert

acqdsx3bertAcquire DS3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the acqdsx3bert command to acquire BERT control and resources. This command makes sure that only one user is using BERT resources at a time. Use the dspdsx3bert command to verify the acquisition of BERT control on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

acqdsx3bert

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Acquire BERT control on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > acqdsx3bert

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a >

Log: No State: Active Privilege: Any User



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddcdrscprtn

addcdrscprtnAdd Card Resource Partition (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addcdrscprtn command to add a card-level resource partition to the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

addcdrscprtn <controller> <numOfLcnAvail>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfcdrscprtn, delcdrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn

Attributes: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Attributes: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

controller Controller type for the resource partition.

• 1 = PAR (PVC)

• 2 = PNNI (SPVC)

• 3 = TAG (MPLS)

numOfLcnAvail Number of LCNs (connections) available for the card resource partition. Range by card type:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM: 1–1000

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM: 1–1000

• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000

• FRSM-HS2/B: 1-2000 with HSSI back card

• FRSM-HS2/B: 1-4000 with 12IN1-8S back card

Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Group 1




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddcdrscprtn

Example

Add to the current MPSM card a resource partition that uses a TAG (MPLS) controller with 100 LCNs (connections) available.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > addcdrscprtn 3 100

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddchan

addchanAdd Channel (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addchan command to add a Permanent Virtual Connection (PVC) to a port on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Note This command is not supported in Cisco MGX Release 1.3.

Syntax: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

addchan <chan> <port> <dlci> <cir> <chan_type> [<CAC>] [<mastership>] [<locnsap>] [<rmtvpi>]

[<rmtvci>] [<rmtnsap>]

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

addchan <chan> <port> <dlci> <cir> <chan_type> <serv_type> [<CAC>] [<mastership>] [<locnsap>]

[<rmtvpi>] [<rmtvci>] [<rmtnsap>]

Syntax Description

chan Specify the channel to be added. You can view channel information with the dspcons and dspchans commands. Range of channels by card type:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM = 16-1015

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 16-1015

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 16-2015

• FRSM-2CT3 = 16-4015

• FRSM-HS2/B with 12IN1-8S back card = 16-4015

• FRSM-HS2/B with HSSI back card = 16-2015

Tip On the PXM1 platform, the channel number is found in the Chan column in the output of the dspcons and dspchans commands.

port Port number associated with the connection to be added in the range:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM = 1–192

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 1–248

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256

• FRSM-HS2/B = 1–2 (HSSI back card)

• FRSM-HS2/B = 1–8 (12IN1-8S back card)

dlci Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value.

Range: 0–1023

Note If you are adding a channel to a port that has LMI signaling enabled, you can not use DLCI number 0 (ANNEX A & D) or 1023 (STRATA LMI).




cir Committed information rate (CIR) bps value:



• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000



To calculate the CIR (bps) from cells per second (cps) use the following formula: ( ( (cps * 38400) / 144) + 1) or use the cpstobps command where:

• cps = remote PCR for High Priority (CBR) or UBR

• cps = remote SCR for rtVBR or nrtVBR

• cps = remote MCR for stdABR.

chan_type Channel internetworking type. Set this option to one of the following:

• On MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM:

– 1 = Frame Relay to ATM Network Interworking (NIW, FRF.5—default)

– 2 = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) transparent (FRF.8.1, no protocol ID translation)

– 3 = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) translational (FRF.8.1, protocol ID translation)

– 4 = ATM Forum FUNI (Frame Relay UNI) mode 1A

– 5 = Frame Forwarding (no translation or mapping of header contents, CRC evaluated)

• On FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B:


– 2 = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) transparent (FRF.8, no protocol ID translation)

– 3 = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) translational (FRF.8, protocol ID translation)



serv_type Egress Channel service type. Select one of the following service types:

• 1 = High Priority Queue (CBR–default)

• 2 = rtVBR Queue

• 3 = nrtVBR Queue

• 4 = FST-ABR Queue

• 5 = UBR Queue

• 9 = STD-ABR Queue




Related Commands

addcon, cnfcon, delchan, delcon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, xcnfchan

Attributes

CAC Connection Admission Control (CAC).

• 1 = enable

• 2 = disable (default)

mastership Mastership role of connection. Select from the following options:

• 1 = master

• 2 = slave (default)

• 3 = Unknown (MPSM only)

locnsap Local NSAP address. The local NSAP is a 20 byte hex number.

rmtvpi Remote virtual path identifier (VPI).

• MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM range: 1-4095

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B range: 1–65535

rmtvci Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value. Range is 1–65535

rmtnsap Remote NSAP address. The local NSAP is a 20 byte hex number.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddchanloop

addchanloopAdd a Channel Loopback—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addchanloop command to configure a channel loopback to the current FRSM or MPSM card. This command causes the channel to loop at the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) stage back towards the network. For additional information on loopbacks that the FRSM and MPSM card supports, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

Tip To view the loopback status of a connection, use the dspcon command and look for the line labeled ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState. A channel local remote loopback is enabled on the local card and looped back in the direction of the network to the remote end of a connection, hence the term local remote.

Syntax: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

addchanloop <chan_num>

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

addchanloop <Port.DLCI|chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

delchanloop, dspchans, dspcons tstcon, tstdelay

Attributes: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be placed in channel loopback using the format Port.DLCI. You can view channel port and DLCI information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

Tip On PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, the port number and DLCI is found in the Port.DLCI column in the output of the dspcons and dspchans commands. On the PXM1 platform, the port number and DLCI is found in the ConnID column in the format Nodename.Slot.Port.0.DLCI in the output of the dspcons command, and in the DLCI column in the format Slot.Line.Port.DLCI in the output of the dspchans command.

chan_num Enter the channel number for the port as it appears in the dspcons or dspchans command output.

Tip On PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, the channel number is found in the LCN column in the output of the dspcons and dspchans commands. On the PXM1 platform, the channel number is found in the Chan column in the output of the dspcons and dspchans commands.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddchanloop

Attributes: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Example: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Add a channel loopback to channel 16.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > addchanloop 16

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a >

Example: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Add a channel loopback to port 1, DLCI 16.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > addchanloop 1.16

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a >

Log: No State: Active Privilege: Group 1



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddcon

addconAdd Connection—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addcon command to configure a Soft Permanent Virtual Circuit (SPVC) or a Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) on a port on the current FRSM or MPSM card. SPVCs are supported on the PXM1E/PXM45 platform, and PVCs are supported on the PXM1 platform.

When you add a connection, the software checks the configuration at the remote end to be sure the remote connection configuration is compatible. If the local and remote configuration parameters are not compatible, the connection is not added. Table 6-7 shows the connection parameters that are checked when you create a connection.

Tip The addcon command requires you to enter a CIR for the connection and then translates the value you enter into the applicable ATM parameters. You can use addcon command options to override the calculated ATM parameters. When you create a connection from one FRSM or MPSM card to another, you can configure both ends of the connection with the same CIR and know that the ATM parameters will be calculated the same at each end. If you are creating a connection between a FRSM or MPSM card and an ATM service module, you need to look at the ATM parameters at each end to be sure they match. To view the ATM parameters that are calculated from the CIR on a FRSM or MPSM card, refer to the parameters labeled ChanConnPCR, ChanConnMCR, and ChanConnSCR in the dspcon command display. To translate an ATM speed in cps to bps for use as the CIR, use the cpstobps command.

Syntax: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C on PXM1E, PXM45

addcon <port_number> <DLCI> <CIR> [-cntp <ChanIntworkingType>] [-contp <ControllerType>]

[-sertp <ServiceClassTtype>] [-master <MasterShip>] [-rmc <RemoteConnId>] [-pcr <localPCR>]

[-scr <localSCR>] [-abrpcr <ABRPCR>] [-abrmcr <ABRMCR>] [-ingut <IngrPercentUtil>]

[-ovrid <OvrSubOvrRide>] [-egrat <EgrSrvRate>] [-egut <EgrPercentUtil>] [-bc <BurstCommit>]

[-be <BurstExcess>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-demap <DEtoCLPmap>]

[-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>] [-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>]

[-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>]

[-eqecn <EgressQECNThresh>] [-cos <ATMConnServiceType>] [-maxcost <MaxCost>]

[-type <restrictedType>] [-rtngprio <RoutingPriority>] [-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>]

[-directrte <DirectedRoute>] [-rpcr <RemotePCR>] [-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>]

[-rcbs <RemoteMaxBurstSize>]

Table 6-7 Connection Parameters That Must Match

Connection Type ATM Parameters Checked

CBR PCR

VBRrt, VBRnrt PCR, SCR, MBS

stdABR PCR, MCR

UBR PCR




Note • If the addcon command fails on the PXM1E or PXM45 platform and displays the “Failed to update disk” message, it could be that the PNNI controller has not been added on the PXM1E or PXM45 card. For information on adding the PNNI controller, refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Configuration Guide, Release 5.1.

• If the addcon command fails on the PXM1E or PXM45 platform and displays the “InvalidTrafficParm: check conformance or local/remote param mismatch” message, it could be that the local connection parameters on the slave/master endpoint do not match the remote connection parameters on the master/slave endpoint. To successfully add a connection both the local and remote connection parameters must match.

Syntax: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C on PXM1

addcon <port> <dlci> <cir> <chan_type> [<CAC>] [<Controller_Type>] [<mastership>]

[<remoteConnId>] [<serv_type>]

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1E, PXM45

addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> [-cntp <ChanIntworkingType>] [-contp <ControllerType>]










[-rcbs <RemoteMaxBurstSize>] [-admin <ConnAdminStatus>]

Tip The difference between the syntax for the MPSM-8T1/8E1-FRM and FRSM-8T1/8E1 series and the FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B series on the PXM1E/PXM45 platform is the -admin option.




Note • If the addcon command fails on the PXM1E or PXM45 platform and displays the “Failed to update disk” message, it could be that the PNNI controller has not been added on the PXM1E or PXM45 card. For information on adding the PNNI controller, refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Configuration Guide, Release 5.1.

• If the addcon command fails on the PXM1E or PXM45 platform and displays the “InvalidTrafficParm: check conformance or local/remote param mismatch” message, it could be that the local connection parameters on the slave/master endpoint do not match the remote connection parameters on the master/slave endpoint. To successfully add a connection both the local and remote connection parameters must match.

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1

addcon <port> <dlci> <cir> <chan_type> <serv_type> [<CAC>] [<Controller_Type>] [<mastership>]

[<remoteConnId>]

Syntax Description

port_number,

port

Enter the port number to which you will add the connection. To display a list of configured ports, enter the dspports command. The port number is found in the Port column in the format Slot.Line.Port. The port number range varies with the card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256



DLCI,

dlci

Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value.

• On PXM45 and PXM1E platforms, range: 16–1023

• On PXM1 platforms, range: 0–1023

Note If you are adding a connection to a port that has LMI signaling enabled, you can not use DLCI number 0 (ANNEX A & D) or 1023 (STRATA LMI).




CIR,

cir

Committed information rate (CIR) bps value. The CIR should be less than the configured port speed. Range by card type:



• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000







-cntp,

chan_type

Channel internetworking type. Set this option to one of the following:













CAC Connection Admission Control.

• 1 = Enable

• 2 = Disable (Default)




-contp,

Controller_Type

The Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) controller type that manages the connection. Select one of the following:

• On PXM1E, PXM45 platforms:

– 1 = PAR

– 2 = PNNI (default)

– 3 = MPLS

• On PXM1 platforms:

– 1 = PAR (PVC) (Default)

– 2 = PNNI (SPVC)

Note PNNI is not supported on PXM1 platforms.

-sertp,

serv_type

Service class type. This parameter determines which class of service (CoS) queue is used by the connection.

• MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1E/PXM45 platforms:

– 1 = High Priority (CBR–default)

– 2 = rtVBR

– 3 = nrtVBR

– 5 = UBR

– 9 = stdABR

• MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C on PXM1 platforms:

– 1 = High Priority

– 2 = rtVBR

– 3 = nrtVBR

– 4 = fstABR

– 5 = UBR

– 9 = stdABR

– 0 = Not configured (Default)

• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1 platforms (Egress Service Type):

– 1 = High Priority queue

– 2 = rtVBR queue

– 3 = nrtVBR queue

– 4 = fstABR queue

– 5 = UBR queue

– 9 = stdABR queue




-master,

mastership

Mastership role of connection. Select from the following options:

• 1 = Master

• 2 = Slave (default)

• 3 = Unknown (MPSM-8T1/E1-FRM on PXM1 only)

-rmc,

remoteConnId

Remote connection ID. This option is used when defining the master end of a connection. After issuing the addcon command to create the slave side of a double-ended connection, use the generated slave connection ID with this option.

• On PXM1E, PXM45 platforms the format is:

– RemoteNsapAddress.VPI.VCI.

• On PXM1 platforms the format can be one of the following:

– NodeName.SlotNo.PortNo.0.DLCI for FR end point

– NodeName.SlotNo.PortNo.VPI.VCI for ATM end point (Use a value of 0 when SlotNo = PXM)

Tip You can view the address components for a slave or master connection using the dspcon or dspchan command.

-pcr Local peak cell rate (PCR) in cells per second (cps). The VSI controller uses the local PCR when it routes the connection. If you do not define this value, the default setting is the same as the configured CIR or the configured ABR PCR (if it is different than the CIR).

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM = 10–10000 cps

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 10–10000 cps

• FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-HS2/B = 10–198412 cps

Note The local PCR must match the remote PCR of the connection. The connection will fail if there is a mismatch in the local and remote PCR values.

-scr Local sustainable cell rate (SCR). The VSI controller uses the local SCR when it routes VBR connections. If you do not define this value, the default value is the same as the configured CIR.




Note The local SCR must match the remote SCR of the connection. The connection will fail if there is a mismatch in the local and remote SCR values.

-abrpcr Peak cell rate for ABR traffic shaping. This parameter only applies to ABR connections. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. If you do not define this value, the default value is the same as the configured CIR.







-abrmcr Minimum cell rate (MCR) for ABR traffic shaping. This parameter only applies to ABR connections. The VSI controller uses the MCR to route ABR connections in the network. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. If you do not define this value, the default value is the same as the configured CIR.




Note The local MCR must match the remote MCR of the connection. The connection will fail if there is a mismatch in the local and remote MCR values.

-ingut Ingress percent utilization. This value is used to scale the required bandwidth required to route the connection and allows you to oversubscribe the network resources. Range is 1 to 100 percent. Default setting is 100 percent.

-ovrid Over subscription override. This parameter enables or disables the ability to override port oversubscription.

• 1 = Disable: To apply CAC

• 2 = Enable: Do not apply CAC (Default)

-egrat Egress queue service rate. This value is used for CAC to determine if the port can support the connection. You can oversubscribe the port by configuring the egress percent utilization as a scaling factor. If you do not define this value, the default value is the same as the configured CIR.

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM = 0–1536000 bps

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 0–2048000 bps

• FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-HS2/B = 2400–52000000 bps

-egut Egress percent utilization. This value is used to scale the required bandwidth required for the connection and allows you to oversubscribe the egress port. Range is 1 to 100 percent. Default setting is 100 percent.

-bc Committed burst size:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM = 0–65535 bytes

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 0–65535 bytes

• FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-HS2/B = 0–2097151 bytes

Default setting is 5100 bytes.

-be Excess burst size:




The default setting is calculated based on the CIR value entered.

Note Setting the excess burst rate to the maximum value supported by each individual card type will disable ingress policing. For example, setting Be = 65535 on the FRSM-8T1 will disable ingress policing.




-detag Discard Eligible (DE) tagging. This parameter enables or disables tagging of the DE bit on ingress frames as the result of the policing mechanism.

• 1 = To enable DE tagging

• To disable DE tagging (Default)

-demap DE to Cell Loss Priority (CLP) mapping. Set this option as follows:

• 1 = CLP mapped to DE (default)

• 2 = CLP mapped to 0


-clpmap CLP to DE mapping. Set this option as follows:

• 1 = DE mapped to CLP (default)

• 2 = DE mapped to 0


• 4 = Ignore CLP

-iqdet Ingress queue DE threshold. This parameter defines the depth required on the ingress queue to begin dropping DE frames




Default setting is 32767.

-iqecn Ingress queue Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) threshold. This parameter defines the depth required on the ingress queue to begin marking congestion.





-iqdep Ingress queue depth:





-eqdet Egress queue DE threshold. This parameter defines the depth required on the egress queue to begin dropping DE frames.








-eqdep Egress queue depth:





-eqecn Egress queue ECN threshold. This parameter defines the depth required on the ingress queue to begin marking congestion.





-cos ATM connection service type. Select from the following:

• CBR1 = 21 (default)

• rtVBR1 = 22

• rtVBR2 = 23

• rtVBR3 = 24

• nrtVBR1 = 25

• nrtVBR2 = 26

• nrtVBR3 = 27

• UBR1 = 28

• UBR2 = 29

• stdABR = 30

-maxcost Maximum end-to-end cost for the connection. The VSI controller uses the maximum cost to determine which network routes are available to the connection. The maximum cost is the calculated sum of the administrative weights (AWs) in both directions on every hop in a selected route. Range is 1 to 2147483647. Default setting is 2147483647.

-type Trunk restriction option.

• 1 = Enable connection routing without trunk restrictions (Default)

• 2 = Restrict the connection routing to terrestrial trunks

• 3 = Restrict the connection routing to satellite trunks

-rtngprio Routing priority for this connection. This parameter defines the rerouting and derouting priority of the connection. Range is 1 to 15. Default setting is 8.

-prefrte Preferred Route ID for this connection. The preferred route feature is applicable only to the master end of an SPVC. This option assigns a unique identifier for the preferred route to which this connection is associated. When the route ID is set to 0, the connection is not associated with any preferred routes. Range is 0 to 65,535. Default is 0.




Related Commands

addspvc, cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchanstdabr, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xcnfchanstdabr, xdspchanstdabr

Attributes

-directrte Directed Route option. When this option is yes, the associated preferred route is the only permissible route for the connection to take. Should the directed preferred route be unavailable, the connection is failed. When the option is no, the connection is allowed to try another alternate route should the preferred route be unavailable.

• 1 = Yes

• 2 = No (default)

-rpcr Remote peak cell rate (PCR) in cells per second (cps). The remote PCR value must match the local PCR value of the connection.





-rscr Remote sustainable cell rate. (SCR). The remote SCR value must match the local SCR value of the connection.





-rmcr Remote minimum cell rate (MCR). This parameter is for ABR connections only. The remote MCR value must match the local MCR value of the connection.





-rcbs Remote maximum burst size (MBS). This parameter is for Frame Relay-ATM interworking connections only. The remote MBS must match the configured MBS at the ATM end of the connection. Range is 1 to 5000000.

-admin Connection administration status. This option applies only to the FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B cards.

To define the new connection as administratively up, enter -admin 1 or just omit this option. To define a new connection that is administratively down, enter -admin 2.





Example: PXM1E/PXM45

Add a slave SPVC connection to port 1 on the current FRSM-HS2/B card using DLCI 16, a CIR 4000 bps, and the default settings for all other configurable options.

PXM1E_SJ.VHSHS2B.a >addcon 1 16 4000

Local Connection ID is : 47009181000000000052190a4e000001075b0100.11.35

PXM1E_SJ.VHSHS2B.a >

Example: PXM1

Add a slave NIW connection to port 5 on the current MPSM-8T1-FRM card using DLCI 18 and a CIR of 153600 bps.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > addcon 5 18 1536000 1

Local Connection ID is : M8250_SJ.22.5.0.18




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddds3loop

addds3loopAdd DS3 Local Line Loop—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the addds3loop command to place the local endpoint of a DS3 line in local loopback mode. As shown in Figure 6-1, when a DS3 line is in local loopback the FRSM receives data from the network and loops it back to the network. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

Figure 6-1 DS3 Local Loopback on the FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3

Tip On the FRSM-2CT3 use the addlnloop command to place any of the 56 individual DS1 lines in local loopback mode.

Syntax

addds3loop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3rmtloop, addlnloop, addrmtloop, delds3loop, dellnloop, dspds3ln, dspds3lns

Attributes

Example

Add a local loopback to line 2 of the current FRSM 2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > addds3loop 2


line_num Enter the line number, which is either 1 or 2. Use the dspds3ln command to display the loopback status of a line.

Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Service Group



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddds3rmtloop

addds3rmtloopAdd DS3 Remote Line Loop—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the addds3rmtloop command to place a DS3 line in remote loopback mode.As shown in Figure 6-2, when a DS3 line is in remote loopback the FRSM receives the data from the CPE and loops back to the CPE. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

Figure 6-2 DS3 Remote Loopback on the FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-2CT3

Tip On the FRSM-2CT3 use the addrmtloop command to place any of the 56 individual DS1 lines in remote loopback mode.

Syntax

addds3rmtloop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3loop, addlnloop, addrmtloop, delds3loop, dellnloop, dspds3ln, dspds3lns

Attributes

Example

Add remote line loopback to line 2 of the current FRSM 2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > addds3rmtloop 2


line_num Enter the line number, which is either 1 or 2. Use the dspds3ln command to display the loopback status of a line.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddln

addlnAdd Line—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addln command to activate a line on a FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

addln <line_num>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B

addln <line_num> [<line_interface_type>]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfln, cnfds3ln, delln, dspln, dsplns, dspds3ln, dspds3lns

Attributes

Example

Bring up line 8 on a FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > addln 8

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a >

line_num Enter the line number you want to activate. For a list of the lines available on the current card, enter the dsplns or dspds3lns command.

interface_type Specifies the per line interface type and is used only with the 12IN1-8S back card for FRSM-HS2/B. If you do not specify the interface type, the default type is V.35.

• X.21 = 2

• V.35 = 3




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddlnloop

addlnloopAdd Local Line Loop—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addlnloop command to place a line in local loopback mode. As shown in Figure 6-3, when a line is in local loopback the FRSM or MPSM receives data from the network and loops it back to the network. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM and MPSM card, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

Figure 6-3 Local Loopback on the MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1E1, FRSM-8T1E1-C,

FRSM-2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B

Tip On the FRSM-2CT3 use the addlnloop command to place any of the 56 individual DS1 lines in local loopback mode. To place the DS3 line in local loopback, use the addds3loop command.

Syntax

addlnloop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3loop, addds3rmtloop, addrmtloop, delds3loop, dellnloop, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns

Tip Use the dspln command to display the loopback status of a line.

CPE

Far EndLoopback

RemoteLoopback

SM

LocalLoopback

To network

1162

04

line_num Line number, in the range appropriate for the card. For a list of the lines available on the current card enter the dsplns command.

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 1–8

• FRSM-2CT3 =1-56

• FRSM-HS2/B:

– HSSI back card = 1-2

– 12IN1-8S back card = 1-8



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddlnloop

Attributes

Example

Place line 8 on a FRSM-HS2/B card in local loopback mode.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > addlnloop 8





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddport

addportAdd Port—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addport command to add Frame Relay services to a line.


addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type> [lmi_autosense]

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3

addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type> [lmi_autosense]

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-HS2/B

addport <port_num> <line_num> <port_type> [lmi_autosense]

Syntax Description

port_num Port number for the Frame Relay service. The port number range varies with the card type:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM range: 1–192

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM range: 1–248

• FRSM-2T3E3 range: 1–2

• FRSM-2CT3 range: 1-256 (Channelized T1s)

• FRSM-HS2/B range: 1–2 with HSSI back card

• FRSM-HS2/B range: 1–8 with 12IN1-8S back card

Tip Since the non-channelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards support only one port per line, you might want to limit the port numbers to 1-8 for easier identification.

Note On the FRSM-2CT3, FREEDM chip resources are distributed across the two DS3 lines. Use the dspfdminfo command to monitor the allocation of these resources when adding ports to the channelized DS1 lines.

line_num Line number to which the port definition applies. To display the lines that have been added, enter the dsplns or dspds3lns command. You cannot add a port to a line unless the Status/Coding column shows that the line is enabled (Ena). The line number range varies with the card type:










ds0_speed This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports and sets the bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0:

• 1 = 56 Kbps

• 2 = 64 Kbps

Note When adding a port to an E1 line configured with CLEAR signaling, use only the 64 Kbps option.

begin_slot This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports and selects the starting DS0 time slot for port communications within the T1 or E1 frame. Valid time slot numbers are:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, FRSM-2CT3 range: 1–24

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM range:

– With CAS line signaling: 2–16, 18-32 (Slot 1 is reserved for framing and slot 17 is reserved for signaling)

– With CCS line signaling: 2–32 (Slot 1 is reserved for framing)

– With CLEAR line signaling: 1

Tip The non-channelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards support fractional frame relay ports and only one port per line. If you want to use the full bandwidth of the line, you should enter 1 (for the FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 with CLEAR signaling) or 2 (for the FRSM-8E1 with CAS or CCS signaling) for the starting time slot.

num_slot This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports and determines the number of consecutive DS0 time slots for this port within the T1 or E1 frame. Valid time slot numbers are:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, FRSM-2CT3 range: 1–24

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM range:

– With CAS line signaling: 1-30

– With CCS line signaling: 1-31

– With CLEAR line signaling: 32

Tip The non-channelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards support only one port per line. If you want to use the full bandwidth of the line, you should enter the maximum time slot number (either 24, 30, 31, or 32). (E1 lines with CLEAR line signaling support only the full 32 time slots.)

port_type Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.

• 1 = Frame Relay UNI or NNI

• 2 = ATM Forum FUNI mode 1A (AAL5 only)

• 3 = Frame forwarding (no translation or mapping of header contents, CRC evaluated)




Related Commands

cnfport, delport, dspfdminfo, dspport, dspports, xcnfport

Attributes

Example

Add port 16 to line 8 on the current FRSM-8T1 card, using 56 Kbps time slots 20 through 24 and selecting Frame Relay as the port type.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > addport 16 8 1 20 5 1


lmi_autosense LMI autosense. With LMI autosense enabled the frame relay port will detect and configure its LMI signaling type to that of the LMI signaling type configured on the attached CPE. If LMI autosense is set to manual, the user must configure the LMI signaling type by using the cnfport or xcnfport commands.

• 1 = Manual (default)

• 2 = AutoSense

Note LMI autosense is supported only on UNI frame relay connections, and the range of DLCIs supported is 16-991.

Note LMI autosense is supported on MPSM-8T1-FRM and MPSM-8E1-FRM cards in switches running Release 5.1 or higher.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddrmtloop

addrmtloopAdd Remote Line Loop—FRSM-2CT3

Use the addrmtloop command to place any of the 56 individual DS1 lines on the FRSM-2CT3 card in remote loopback mode. As shown in Figure 6-4, when a DS1 line is in remote loopback the FRSM receives the data from the CPE and loops back to the CPE. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

Figure 6-4 DS1 Remote Loopback on the FRSM-2CT3

Tip To place the DS3 line in remote loopback, use the addds3rmtloop command.

Syntax

addrmtloop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3loop, addds3rmtloop, addlnloop, delds3loop, dellnloop, dspds3lns, dsplns

Attributes

Example

Place line 1 on the current FRSM card in remote loopback mode.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > addrmtloop 1Dsx1 UPdate !!!

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >

line_num DS1 line number, with a range of 1 to 56. For a list of the lines available on the current card enter the dsplns command.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddrscprtn

addrscprtnAdd Resource Partition—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addrscprtn command to add a port-level resource partition to a specific port.

Note Although in the CLI, the addrscprtn command is not supported on the MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, or FRSM-HS2/B cards in Cisco MGX Release 1.3 (PXM1 platforms).


addrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr> <pct_bw_ingr> <pct_bw_egr> <min_dlci> <max_dlci> <max_lcn>

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1E, PXM45

addrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr_type> <pct_bw_ingr> <pct_bw_egr> <min_dlci> <max_dlci>

<max_lcn> <cntrlr_id>

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1

addrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr> <pct_bw_ingr> <pct_bw_egr> <min_dlci> <max_dlci> <max_lcn>

Syntax Description

port_num Port number associated with the port-level resource partition to be added. You must add a port to a line before you can add a resource partition to a port. Use the dspports command to view the available ports.

cntrlr,

cntrlr_type

Controller for this port-level partition.

• 1 = PAR (PVC)

• 2 = PNNI (SPVC)

• 3 = TAG (MPLS)

pct_bw_ingr Ingress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for ingress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.

pct_bw_egr Egress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for egress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.

min_dlci Minimum DLCI number available in this port resource partition.

• On PXM45 and PXM1E platforms, the range is 16 to 1023.

• On PXM1 platforms, the range is 0 to 1023.

max_dlci Maximum DLCI number available in this port resource partition.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddrscprtn

Related Commands

cnfportrscprtn, cnfrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspportrscprtn, dspports, dsprscprtn, xcnfportrscprtn



Example

Add a PNNI port-level resource partition to port 6 after the default partition was deleted.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > addrscprtn 6 2 75 75 16 1023 750 2


max_lcn Maximum LCNs (connections) available in this port resource partition. Range by card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000



cntrlr_id Enter a number that will be associated with the controller used by this partition. Range is 1 to 255.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceaddspvc

addspvcAdd SPVC (PXM1E/PXM45 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the addspvc command to configure one end of an SPVC connection on a port on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Cisco MGX Release 5.1 supports double-ended and single-ended provisioning. Double-ended provisioning requires that you configure the slave end of the SPVC first, and then configure the master end of the SPVC. You can configure both the slave and the master endpoints for double-ended provisioned connections using the addspvc command.

Single-ended provisioning allows you to configure only the master end of the connection. The master end automatically configures the slave end. Cisco MGX Release 5.1 supports single ended provisioning where the master end point is defined on another device and the FRSM or MPSM card hosts the slave connection. Cisco MGX Release 5.1 does not support single-ended provisioning with a master on the local FRSM or MPSM card.

When you add a connection, the software checks the configuration at the remote end to be sure the remote connection configuration is compatible. If the local and remote configuration parameters are not compatible, the connection is not added. Table 6-8 shows the connection parameters that are checked when you create a connection.

Tip The addspvc command requires you to enter a CIR for the connection and then translates the value you enter into the applicable ATM parameters. You can use addspvc command options to override the calculated ATM parameters. When you create a connection from one FRSM or MPSM card to another, you can configure both ends of the connection with the same CIR and know that the ATM parameters will be calculated the same at each end. If you are creating a connection between a FRSM or MPSM card and an ATM service module, you need to look at the ATM parameters at each end to be sure they match. To view the ATM parameters that are calculated from the CIR on a FRSM or MPSM card, refer to the parameters labeled ChanConnPCR, ChanConnMCR, and ChanConnSCR in the dspcon command display. To translate an ATM speed in cps to bps for use as the CIR, use the cpstobps command.


addspvc <port_number> <DLCI> <CIR> [-cntp <ChanIntworkingType>] [-contp <ControllerType>]





Table 6-8 Connection Parameters That Must Match

Connection Type ATM Parameters Checked

CBR PCR

VBRrt, VBRnrt PCR, SCR, MBS

stdABR PCR, MCR

UBR PCR









[-rcbs <RemoteMaxBurstSize>]

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-HS2/B

addspvc <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> [-cntp <ChanIntworkingType>] [-contp <ControllerType>]










[-rcbs <RemoteMaxBurstSize>] [-admin <ConnAdminStatus>]

Tip The difference between the syntax for the MPSM-8T1/8E1-FRM and FRSM-8T1/8E1 series and the FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-HS2/B series is the -admin option.

Syntax Description

port_number Enter the port number to which you will add the connection. To display a list of configured ports, enter the dspports command. The port number is found in the Port column in the format Slot.Line.Port. The port number range varies with the card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256



DLCI Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value.

Range: 16–1023




CIR Committed information rate (CIR) bps value. The CIR should be less than the configured port speed. Range by card type:



• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000







-cntp Channel internetworking type. Set this option to one of the following:













-contp The Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) controller type that manages the connection. Select one of the following:

• 1 = PAR

• 2 = PNNI (default)

• 3 = MPLS




-sertp Service class type. This parameter determines which class of service (CoS) queue is used by the connection. Select one of the following service types:

• 1 = High Priority (CBR–default)

• 2 = rtVBR

• 3 = nrtVBR

• 5 = UBR

• 9 = stdABR

-master Mastership role of connection. Select from the following options:

• 1 = master


-rmc Remote connection ID. This option is used when defining the master end of a connection. After issuing the addcon command to create the slave side of a double-ended SPVC connection, use the generated slave connection ID with this option. The format is: RemoteNsapAddress.VPI.VCI.





The local PCR must match the remote PCR of the connection. The connection will fail if there is a mismatch in the local and remote PCR values.

-scr Local sustainable cell rate (SCR). The VSI controller uses the local SCR when it routes VBR connections. If you do not define this value, it is the same as the configured CIR.




Note The local SCR must match the remote SCR of the connection. The connection will fail if there is a mismatch in the local and remote SCR values.

-abrpcr Peak cell rate for ABR traffic shaping. This parameter only applies to ABR connections. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. If you do not define this value, the default value is the same as the configured CIR.







-abrmcr Minimum cell rate (MCR) for ABR traffic shaping. This parameter only applies to ABR connections. The VSI controller uses the MCR to route ABR connections in the network. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. If you do not define this value, the default value is the same as the configured CIR.




Note The local MCR must match the remote MCR of the connection. The connection will fail if there is a mismatch in the local and remote MCR values.



• 1 = Disable: To apply CAC

• 2 = Enable: Do not apply CAC (Default)


• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM = 0–1,536,000 bps

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 0–2,048,000 bps

• FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3 and FRSM-HS2/B = 2400–52,000,000 bps

















• 1 = Enable DE tagging

• 2 = Disable DE tagging (Default)


• 1 = CLP mapped to DE (Default)







• 4 = Ignore CLP

-iqdet Ingress queue DE threshold. This parameter defines the depth required on the ingress queue to begin dropping DE frames.

































-cos ATM connection service type. Select from the following:

• CBR1 = 21 (default)

• rtVBR1 = 22

• rtVBR2 = 23

• rtVBR3 = 24

• nrtVBR1 = 25

• nrtVBR2 = 26

• nrtVBR3 = 27

• UBR1 = 28

• UBR2 = 29

• stdABR = 30







-prefrte Preferred Route ID for this connection. The preferred route feature is applicable only to the master end of an SPVC. This option assigns a unique identifier for the preferred route to which this connection is associated. When the route ID is set to 0, the connection is not associated with any preferred routes. Range is 0 to 65535. Default is 0.




Related Commands

addcon, cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchanstdabr, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xcnfchanstdabr, xdspchanstdabr

Attributes


• 1 = Yes







-rscr Remote sustainable cell rate (SCR). The remote SCR value must match the local SCR value of the connection.











-admin Connection administration status. This option applies only to the FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM2CT3, and FRSM-HS2/B cards.

To define the new connection as administratively up, enter -admin 1 or just omit this option. To define a new connection that is administratively down, enter -admin 2.





Example

Add a SPVC slave endpoint to port 1 using DLCI 16, CIR 4000, and the default settings for all options.

PXM1E_SJ.VHSHS2B.a >addspvc 1 16 4000

Local Connection ID is : 47009181000000000052190a4e000001075b0100.11.35

PXM1E_SJ.VHSHS2B.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencechkflash

chkflashCheck Flash—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the chkflash command to check the status of the boot software file stored on the flash memory of the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

chkflash

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dspcd, version

Attributes

Example

Check the boot software status on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > chkflashProgram length = 300145Calculated checksum = 147bc308 stored checksum = 147bc308Flash checksum passed


Check the status of the boot software file stored on the flash memory of the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > chkflash

[chkflashfn]: Program length = 1415976Calculated checksum = 0xad984cff stored checksum = 0xad984cff

Flash checksum passed


Log: No State: Any Privilege: Cisco Group



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclear

clearClear Screen—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clear command to clear any previous commands from the session screen or window.

Tip To activate this command, change cards to the active PXM1, PXM1E or PXM45 and use the smclrscrn <enable|disable> command. The FRSM and MPSM clrscrn command does not have this requirement and is the recommended command to use.

Syntax

clear

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cls, clscrn

Attributes

Example

After you enter the clear command, the only text that appears on the screen is the CLI prompt.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclralm

clralmClear Alarm—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the clralm command to clear any active alarms on a specific line of the current FRSM or MPSM card. The alarms will not clear if the alarm cause is still present. Use the dspalm and dspalms commands to identify any active alarms.


clralm -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

clralm <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

clralm <-ds1|-ds3> <LineNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralms, dspalm, dspalms, xcnfalm


Attributes: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Attributes: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

LineNum Line number for the line you want to clear the active alarms. Use dsplns or dspds3lns to view the available lines.

Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Group 1

Log: No State: Any Privilege: Group 1




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclralm

Example

Clear the active alarms for line 2 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clralm -ds1 2




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclralmcnt

clralmcntClear Alarm Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the clralmcnt command to clear the alarm counters for a line on the current FRSM or MPSM card.


clralmcnt -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

clralmcnt <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

clralmcnt <-ds1|-ds3>- <line>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralmcnts, dspalmcnt, xcnfalm, xcnfalmcnt




Example

Clear the alarm counters for line 2 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clralmcnt -ds1 2


LineNum Line number for the line you want to clear the alarm counters. Use dsplns or dspds3lns to view the available lines.






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclralmcnts

clralmcntsClear Alarm Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the clralmcnts command to clear the alarm counters for all lines on the current FRSM or MPSM card.


clralmcnts

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

clralmcnts -<LineType>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralmcnt, dspalmcnt, xcnfalm, xcnfalmcnt




Example

Clear the alarm counters for all lines on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clralmcnts


LineType Specify the line type of the current FRSM card.

• FRSM-2T3E3 = ds3 or e3

• FRSM-2CT3 = ds3 or ds1






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclralms

clralmsClear Alarms—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the clralms command to clear active alarms on all lines of the current FRSM or MPSM card. The alarms will not clear if the cause for the alarm is still present. Use the dspalm and dspalms commands to identify any active alarms.

Syntax

clralms

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clralm, dspalm, dspalms, xcnfalm




Example

Clear the active alarms for all lines on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clralms







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrbertcntrs

clrbertcntrsClear BERT Counters—FRSM-2T3E3

Use the clrbertcntrs command to reset all counters associated with a Bit Error Rate Test (BERT).

Syntax

clrbertcntrs

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Clear all BERT counters on the current FRSM.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > clrbertcntrs





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrbertstats

clrbertstatsClear Bit Error Rate Testing Statistics—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the clrbertstats command to clear all statistics that have accumulated during a Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) on the current card. This command can be used to reset the statistics counters while a Bit Error Rate Test is running or it can be used to reset statistics counters after a Bit Error Rate Test has been stopped.

Syntax

clrbertstats <ifNumber>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfbert, delbert, dspbert, dspbertstats, insbiterror, startbert, stopbert

Attributes

Example

Clear the BERT statistics on the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 6 and then verify that the statistics have been cleared.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > clrbertstats 1.0


M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspbertstats 1.0

Interface Number : 1.0 Rx Bit Count : 0 Rx Bit Error Count : 0 Sync Loss Transition : 0 Pattern Loss Count (secs) : 0


ifNumber Specify the interface number on which to clear Bit Error Rate Test statistics using the format line.port.

• MPSM-8T1-FRM and MPSM-8E1-FRM Line number Range: 1-8

• MPSM-8T1-FRM Port number Range: 1-192

• MPSM-8E1-FRM Port number Range: 1-248

Note To specify a Line BERT session, the Port Number = 0.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrcderrs

clrcderrsClear Hardware/Reset Errors in BRAM—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrcderrs command to clear all card-related errors on a FRSM or MPSM card. No response messages appear on screen.

Syntax

clrcderrs

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dspcderrs



Example

Clear all card-related errors on the FRSM in slot 4.

PXM1E_SJ.1.4.FRSM.a > clrcderrsPXM1E_SJ.1.4.FRSM.a >

Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Super Group

Log: No State: Any Privilege: Super Group



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrchancnt

clrchancntClear Channel Statistics Count—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrchancnt command to clear the statistics counters for a connection.

Syntax

clrchancnt <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, clrchancnts, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchancnt, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xclrchancnt, xcnfchan, xdspchancnt




Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection where statistics are to be cleared using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


Channel Number Specify the channel for the connection where statistics are to be cleared. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrchancnt

Example

Clear the statistics for channel 19.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrchancnt 19




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrchancnts

clrchancntsClear Channel Statistics Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrchancnts command to clear the statistics counters for all connections on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

clrchancnts

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, clrchancnt, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchancnt, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xclrchancnt, xcnfchan, xdspchancnt




Example

Clear the statistics for all channels on the FRSM card in slot 30.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrchancnts







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrdiagresults

clrdiagresultsClear Diagnostic Results—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the clrdiagresults command to clear the results of all the configured online diagnostic tests.

Syntax

clrdiagresults

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrslftst, cnfdiagtest, cnfslftst, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, pausediag, resumediag, rundiagtest, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Clear all the diagnostic tests results on the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 6. To confirm that the results have been cleared, use the dspdiagresults command.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > clrdiagresults

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspdiagresults

Online Diagnostic tests RUNNING. ID Name Enable Attempts FailCnt Result -- ------------------------------ ------- -------- ------- ------- 1 Boot Checksum Yes 0 0 N/A 2 Front card NVRAM Checksum Yes 0 0 N/A 3 CPU Performance Monitor Yes 0 0 N/A 4 NP Performance Monitor Yes 0 0 N/A 5 SLFP Access Yes 0 0 N/A 6 MPCTL Access Yes 0 0 N/A 7 FRAMER Access Yes 0 0 N/A 8 LDRAM Memory Availability Yes 0 0 N/A 9 Host Memory Availability Yes 0 0 N/A 10 Packet Memory Availability Yes 0 0 N/A 11 Internal Memory Availability Yes 0 0 N/A 12 Parameter Memory Availability Yes 0 0 N/A 13 Host Memory Access Yes 0 0 N/A 14 Packet Memory Access Yes 0 0 N/A 15 Parameter Memory Access Yes 0 0 N/A 16 MPCTL Error Monitor Yes 0 0 N/A




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrdiagresults

17 NP Error Monitor Yes 0 0 N/A 18 NP Health Check Yes 0 0 N/A 19 MPCTL Loopback Yes 0 0 N/A 20 PXM Data Path Loopback Test Yes 0 0 N/A 21 NP TDM Loopback Test No 0 0 N/A 22 SLFP TDM Loopback Test No 0 0 N/A 23 Framer Loopback Test No 0 0 N/A




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrmsgcnt

clrmsgcntClear Control Message Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrmsgcnt command to clear the count of control messages (management cells) for the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

clrmsgcnt

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dspmsgcnt



Example

Clear the message counters for the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrmsgcnt






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrportcnt

clrportcntClear Port Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrportcnt command to clear counter values on a specified port associated with the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

clrportcnt <port_ num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrportcnts, dspportcnt, dspports, xclrportcnt, xdspportcnt, xdspports




Example

Clear the counters on port 6 of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrportcnt 6


port_ num Port number on which to delete the counters. Use the dspports or xdspports command to view the configured ports.






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrportcnts

clrportcntsClear Port Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrportcnts command to clear all port counters on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

clrportcnts

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrportcnt, dspportcnt, dspports, xclrportcnt, xdspportcnt, xdspports




Example

Clear the counters on all ports of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrportcnts







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrsarcnt

clrsarcntClear SAR Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrsarcnt command to clear the Segmentation And Reassembly (SAR) counter statistics for a specific connection.


clrsarcnt -chn <ChanNum|Port.DLCI>


clrsarcnt <Port.DLCI|chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrsarcnts, dspsarcnt, dspsarcnts



Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection counters to be cleared using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


ChanNum, chan_num

Specify the channel for the connection counters to be cleared. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrsarcnt


Example

Clear the SAR counters for channel 16 on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > clrsarcnt -chn 16





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrsarcnts

clrsarcntsClear SAR Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrsarcnts command to clear the Segmentation And Reassembly (SAR) counter statistics for all connections on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

clrsarcnts

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrsarcnt, dspsarcnt, dspsarcnts




Example

Clear the SAR counters on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrsarcnts







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrscrn

clrscrnClear Screen—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrscrn command to clear any previous commands from the session screen or window.

Syntax

clrscrn

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clear, cls

Attributes

Example

After you enter the clrscrn command, the only text that appears on the screen is the CLI prompt.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrslftst

clrslftstClear Self-Test—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrslftst command to clear the pass and fail columns in the self test table, which you can view with the dspslftsttbl command.

Note This command is not supported on the MPSM-8T1-FRM or MPSM-8E1-FRM cards. For self tests on the MPSM card use the MPSM’s Online Diagnostics functionality. For more information about MPSM Online Diagnostics see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

Syntax

clrslftst

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, cnfdiagtest, cnfslftst, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, pausediag, resumediag, rundiagtest, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Clear the pass and fail columns in the self test table on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrslftst


Log: No State: Any State Privilege: Any User



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceclrtaskinfo

clrtaskinfoClear Task Information—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the clrtaskinfo command to clear the task information counters that can be displayed with the dsptaskinfo command.

Syntax

clrtaskinfo

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dsptaskinfo



Example

Clear the task information counters.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > clrtaskinfo


Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Service Group

Log: No State: Any Privilege: Service Group



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecls

clsClear Screen—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cls command to clear any previous commands from the session screen or window.

Tip To activate this command, change cards to the active PXM1, PXM1E or PXM45 and use the smclrscrn <enable|disable> command. The FRSM and MPSM clrscrn command does not have this requirement and is the recommended command to use.

Syntax

cls

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clear, clrscrn

Attributes

Example

After you enter the cls command, the only text that appears on the screen is the CLI prompt.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfbert

cnfbertConfigure Bit Error Rate Testing—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the cnfbert command to configure BERT on a line or port.

Syntax

cnfbert <ifNumber> [-tp <TestPattern>] [-lpbk <loopback>] [-eir <errorInsertRate>]

Syntax Description

ifNumber Specify the interface number to be configured using the format line.port.





When you enter the cnfbert command with only the interface number specified with no other options selected, the Bit Error Rate Test is configured using the defaults: test pattern 25, no loopback, and no error insertion rate.

-tp Test pattern. Default test pattern is 25.

• 1 = All Zeros

• 2 = All Ones

• 3 = Alternate One and Zero

• 4 = Double Alternate Ones and Zeroes

• 5 = 1 in 4

• 6 = 1 in 8

• 7 = 1 in 16

• 8 = 3 in 24

• 9 = Inband Loop Back Activate

• 10 = Inband Loop Back Deactivate

• 11 = Three Bit (2^3-1)

• 12 = Four Bit (2^4-1)

• 13 = Five Bit (2^5-1)

• 14 = Six Bit (2^6-1)

• 15 = Seven Bit (2^7-1)

• 16 = Seven Bit (2^7-1) Fractional T1 Loop Up

• 17 = Seven Bit (2^7-1) Fractional T1 Loop Down

• 18 = Nine Bit (2^9-1)

• 19 = Ten Bit (2^10-1)

• 20 = Eleven Bit (2^11-1)

• 21 = Fifteen Bit (2^15-1)

• 22 = Seventeen Bit (2^17-1)

• 23 = Eighteen Bit (2^18-1)

• 24 = Twenty Bit (2^20-1) (Not supported in Cisco MGX Releases 5.1 and 1.3)

• 25 = Twenty Bit (2^20-1) QRSS

• 26 = TwentyOne Bit (2^21-1)

• 27 = TwentyTwo Bit (2^22-1)

• 28 = TwentyThree Bit (2^23-1)

• 29 = TwentyFive Bit (2^25-1)

• 30 = TwentyEight Bit (2^28-1)

• 31 = TwentyNine Bit (2^29-1)

• 32 = ThirtyOne Bit (2^31-1)



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfbert

Related Commands

clrbertstats, delbert, dspbert, dspbertstats, insbiterror, startbert, stopbert

Attributes

Example

Configure BERT on line 1 of the MPSM-8T1-FRM in slot 28. Set the parameters to test pattern 15, inband line loopback, and an error insertion rate of 1 in 10,000.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfbert 1.0 -tp 15 -lpbk 12 -eir 5

Use startbert to start BERT Use delbert followed by cnfbert to re-configure BERT parameters


-lpbk Loopback Code.

• Line Inband = 12

• No Loopback = 15 (Default)

-eir Error Insertion Rate.

• 1 = No Error (Default)

• 2 = 1 in 10

• 3 = 1 in 100

• 4 = 1 in 1,000

• 5 = 1 in 10,000

• 6 = 1 in 100,000

• 7 = 1 in 1,000,000

• 8 = 1 in 10,000,000




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfcdparms

cnfcdparmsConfigure Card Parameters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfcdparms command to enable or disable parameters on the current card. In Cisco MGX Releases 5.1 and 1.3, there is only one parameter available to configure with this command.

When there is a channel configuration change two configuration change traps are sent. Use the cnfcdparms command to enable or disable the sending of the older configuration trap change on the current card.

Syntax

cnfcdparms

Syntax Description

Note You do not need to enter values with the cnfcdparms command. However, after you enter the cnfcdparms command, the display asks you to enter an option number (the only valid option number is 1). After the you enter the option number, the display asks you to enter a value for option 1. The possible values are described below.

Related Commands

dspcdparms


option number Enter the option number of the parameter to configure:

• 1 = Send Old Configuration Change Trap

value for option 1 Select the value for option 1:


– Y = Yes (Enable)

– N = No (Disable)


– 1 = Enable

– 2 = Disable




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfcdparms



On the current MPSM-8T1-FRM card disable the sending of old configuration change traps, and then display the results using the dspcdparms command.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfcdparmsCARD CONFIGURATION OPTIONSOpt# Value Type Description---- ----- ---- -----------1 Yes Boolean Send Old Config Change Trap

Enter option Number (1-1): 1

Enter value for option 1 (Y/N): N

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspcdparmsCARD CONFIGURATION OPTIONSOpt# Value Type Description---- ----- ---- -----------1 No Boolean Send Old Config Change Trap


On the current FRSM card enable the sending of old configuration change traps.

PXM1E_SJ.1.17.FRSM.a > cnfcdparms

CARD CONFIGURATION OPTIONSOPT# VALUE TYPE DESCRIPTION---- ----- ---- -----------1 Disable Boolean Sending generalConfigChangeTrap for Channel

Enter option Number(1-1):1

CARD CONFIGURATION OPTIONSOPT# VALUE TYPE DESCRIPTION---- ----- ---- -----------1 Disable Boolean Sending generalConfigChangeTrap for Channel

Enable/Disable Sending generalConfigChangeTrap for Channel. If the value set to: 1: Sending generalConfigChangeTrap for Channel will be Enabled 0: Sending generalConfigChangeTrap for Channel will be Disabled

Enter value for option 1:1

CARD CONFIGURATION OPTIONSOPT# VALUE TYPE DESCRIPTION---- ----- ---- -----------1 Enable Boolean Sending generalConfigChangeTrap for Channel





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfcdprtntype

cnfcdprtntypeConfigure Card Partition Type (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfcdprtntype command to configure the LCN partition type that serves as the basis for sharing Global Logical Connection Number (GLCN) resources on a service module.

Note Although in the CLI, the cnfcdprtntype command is not supported on the MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, or FRSM-HS2/B cards in Cisco MGX Release 1.3 (PXM1 platforms).

Syntax

cnfcdprtntype <partitionType>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspcdprtntype

Attributes

partitionType LCN partition type.

• 1 = No Partition. All controllers compete for LCN resources available on the service module.

• 2 = Controller Based. All controllers reserve a fixed number of LCN resources. Port LCN resources are not reserved.

• 3 = Port Controller Based. All controllers reserve LCN resources for each port.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfcdprtntype

Example

Configure the LCN partition type to be controller based on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfcdprtntype 2

Error occurred during the SNMP SET operation !! Probable Reason : "Cannot modify this object. It is a read only object" SNMP Error Code : 17

Set failed due to illegal parameter(s)

Syntax : cnfcdprtntype "partitionType" partition type -- 1:no partition, 2: controller based, 3: port controller based




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfcdrscprtn

cnfcdrscprtnConfigure Card Resource Partition (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfcdrscprtn command to modify the card-level resources (LCNs) allocated to resource partitions configured on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

cnfcdrscprtn <#PARcon> <#PNNIcon> <#TAGcon>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcdrscprtn, delcdrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn

#PARcon Maximum number of connections (LCNs) available to the PAR controller. Range by card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000



#PNNIcon Maximum number of connections (LCNs) available to the PNNI controller. Range by card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000



#TAGcon Maximum number of connections (LCNs) available to the TAG (MPLS) controller. Range by card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfcdrscprtn

Attributes

Example

On the current MPSM card, modify the card-level resource partitioning to give 500 connections to the PAR controller, 250 connections to the PNNI controller, and 250 connections to the TAG (MPLS) controller.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfcdrscprtn 500 250 250





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchan

cnfchanConfigure Channel—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchan command to modify a channel configuration.

Syntax

cnfchan <chan_num> <routing_priority> <max_cost> <restricted_trunk_type> <pct_util>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfcon, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Modify channel 19 to use only 50 percent of the bandwidth available on satellite links.

PXM1E_SJ1.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfchan 19 8 2147483647 3 50

PXM1E_SJ1.1.11.VHSHS2B.a >

chan_num Specify the channel to be modified. You can view channel information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


routing_priority Routing priority for this connection. Range is 1 to 15.

max_cost Maximum end-to-end cost for the channel. Range is 1 to 2147483647.

restricted_trunk_type Trunk restriction type.

• 1 = Enable channel routing without trunk restrictions

• 2 = Restrict the channel routing to terrestrial trunks

• 3 = Restrict the channel routing to satellite trunks

pct_util Percent utilization. Range is 1 to 100 percent.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanabrparams

cnfchanabrparamsConfigure Channel ABR Parameters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanabrparams command to configure ABR parameters for a specific connection on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

The configuration options of the cnfchanabrparms command are a subset of the cnfchanstdabr command.

Syntax

cnfchanabrparams <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM> <rif > <rdf> <nrm> <trm> <tbe> <frtt> <adtf> <cdf>

Syntax Description

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be configured using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


CHAN_NUM Specify the channel for the connection to be configured. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


rif The Rate Increase Factor (RIF) controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell. RIF is a power of 2.

Range: 1–32768 (in steps of power of 2)

rdf The Rate Decrease Factor (RDF) controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2.


nrm The Inrate Cell Count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM cell.


trm The maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.

Range: 3–255 msec

tbe The Transient Buffer Exposure is the negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns.

Range: 0–16777215 cells



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanabrparams

Related Commands

cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfportstdabrctrl, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchans, dspchanstdabr, dspcons, dspfeature, dspstdabrctrl

Attributes

Example

Change the trm parameter from 255 ms to 100 ms on channel 17 of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfchanabrparams 17 64 16 64 100 16777215 0 500 16


frtt The Fixed Round Trip Time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back.

Range: 0–16700 msec

adtf The ACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.


cdf The Cutoff Decrease Factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanabrrates

cnfchanabrratesConfigure Channel ABR Rates—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanabrrates command to configure the rate parameters for a specific ABR channel.

The configuration options of the cnfchanabrrates command are a subset of the cnfchanstdabr command.

Syntax

cnfchanabrrates <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM> <mcr> <pcr> <icr>

Syntax Description



CHAN_NUM Specify the channel for the connection to be configured. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


mcr Minimum cell rate (MCR) allowed. The VSI controller uses the MCR to route ABR connections in the network. The peak cell rate (PCR) and the MCR define the allowable cell rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR includes bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM Range: 10–10000 cells/sec

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM Range: 10–10000 cells/sec

• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B Range: 10–198412 cells/sec



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanabrrates

Related Commands

cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanstdabr, cnfportstdabrctrl, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchans, dspchanstdabr, dspcons, dspfeature, dspstdabrctrl

Attributes

Example

Change the MCR on channel 17 of the current FRSM card from 30720 cps to 25000 cps.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfchanabrrates 17 25000 30720 30720


pcr Peak cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the allowable cell rate (ACR) range. The PCR includes bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the in-rate RM cps.




icr Initial cell rate is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period.







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchancacoff

cnfchancacoffConfigure Channel CAC Off—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchancacoff command to turn off the connection admission control (CAC) function for a channel.

Tip You can also use the cnfcon command to turn CAC on or off.

Syntax

cnfchancacoff <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfcon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

On current FRSM in slot 30, turn off the connection admission control (CAC) function on channel 35.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfchancacoff 35


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the channel for which you are modifying the policing parameter using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


CHAN_NUM Specifies the channel number for which you are modifying the policing parameter. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanegressq

cnfchanegressqConfigure Channel Egress Queue—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanegressq command to configure the egress queue for a specified channel. To view existing egress queue configuration values, use the dspchan command.


cnfchanegressq <Port.DLCI|ChanNum> <QSel> <QDepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>


cnfchanegressq <Port.DLCI|ChanNum> <QDepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>

Syntax Description

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be modified using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


ChanNum Specify the channel for the connection to be modified. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


QSel Egress queue select. A simple ratio-based, two-queue algorithm is supported:

• 1 = High-priority queue, usually used for constant bit rate (CBR) connections.

• 2 = Low-priority queue (default).

Tip To select the egress queue servicing algorithm type for the FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, and the FRSM-HS2/B cards, use the cnfegrservtype command.

QDepth Egress queue depth. This setting is the maximum allowable depth for the queue before it starts dropping frames.

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM range: 4510-65535 bytes

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM range: 4510-65535 bytes

• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B range: 4510–2097151 bytes

Default: 65535 bytes



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanegressq

Related Commands

cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of egress queue for channel 16 to set the priority to high, the maximum queue depth to 65535, the Discard Eligible threshold to 32767, and the ECN threshold to 65535.

spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanegressq 16 1 65535 32767 65535spirit.1.27.FRSM.a >

QDEThresh Egress queue DE Threshold. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the frames are tagged as discard eligible (DE).





QECNThresh Egress queue ECN Threshold. The explicit congestion notification (ECN) threshold defines the maximum depth for the queue before congestion bits (FECN and BECN) are set on the frames.




Default: 6553 bytes




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchaneir

cnfchaneirConfigure Channel Excess Information Rate—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchaneir command to configure the excess information rate (EIR) for a connection that has a committed information rate (CIR) of zero. The EIR is the second bucket leak rate in the dual leaky bucket policing model. No messages appear on the screen unless an error occurs.

Note If the CIR is not equal to zero, then the EIR will be calculated from the configured Bc, Be, and CIR.

Syntax

cnfchaneir <chan_num> <zerocireir>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaningressq, cnfegrq, cnfm32eqthresh, dspchan, dspchanpol, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons

Attributes

chan_num Specifies the channel number you are configuring. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.


zerocireir Specifies the excess information rate for 0 CIR cases. The following are the EIR values:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM: 0–1536000 bps

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM: 0–2048000 bps

• FRSM-2CT3: 0–1536000 bps

• FRSM-2T3: 0–44210000 bps

• FRSM-2E3: 0–34010000 bps

• FRSM-HS2/B = 0–51840000 bps (HSSI back card)

• FRSM-HS2/B = 0–8192000 bps (12IN1-8S back card)




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchaneir

Example

Set the excess information rate (EIR) on channel 35 to 10,000 bps.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfchaneir 35 10000




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanfst

cnfchanfstConfigure Channel ForeSight (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanfst command to configure ForeSight parameters for a Frame Relay connection.

Syntax

cnfchanfst <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM> <fst_enable> <mir> <pir> <qir>

Syntax Description

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be configured with Foresight using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

Tip On the PXM1 platform, the port number and DLCI is found in the ConnID column in the format Nodename.Slot.Port.0.DLCI in the output of the dspcons command, and in the DLCI column in the format Slot.Line.Port.DLCI in the output of the dspchans command.

CHAN_NUM Specifies the channel number you are configuring with ForeSight. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.

Tip On the PXM1 platform, the channel number is found in the Chan column in the output of the dspcons and dspchans commands.

fst_enable ForeSight, either enabled or disabled.

• 1 = Enable

• 2 = Disable

mir Minimum Information Rate. This is the minimum connection rate that the source can allow.

• MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM range: 10-10000 cps

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C range: 10–8000 cps

• FRSM-2T3 range: 10-115131 cps

• FRSM-2E3 range: 10-88568 cps

• FRSM-2CT3 range: 10-4000 cps

• FRSM-HS2/B (HSSI back card) range: 10–135000 cps

• FRSM-HS2/B (12IN1-8S back card) range: 10-21334 cps



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanfst

Related Commands

cnffst, dspchans, dspcons, dspfst

Attributes

Example

On current MPSM in slot 22, configure channel 16 to enable ForeSight, set the MIR to 1000 cps, set the PIR to 5800 cps, and the QIR to 3000 cps.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfchanfst 16 1 1000 5800 3000


pir Peak Information Rate. This is the maximum connection rate that the source can allow.








qir Quiescent Information Rate. This is the connection rate that the source uses after a set idle period (QIR time out).











Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchaningressq

cnfchaningressqConfigure Channel Ingress Queue—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchaningressq command to configure the ingress queue for a specified channel. To view existing ingress queue configuration values, use the dspchan command.

Syntax

cnfchaningressq <Port.DLCI|ChanNum> <QDepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>

Syntax Description

port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be modified using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


ChanNum Specify the channel for the connection to be modified. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


QDepth Ingress queue depth. This setting is the maximum allowable depth for the queue before it starts dropping frames.







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchaningressq

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of ingress queue for channel 16 to set the maximum queue depth to 65535, the DE threshold to 32767, and the ECN threshold to 65535.

spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchaningressq 16 65535 32767 65535spirit.1.27.FRSM.a >

QDEThresh Ingress queue DE Threshold. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the frames are tagged as discard eligible (DE).





QECNThresh Ingress queue ECN Threshold. The explicit congestion notification (ECN) threshold defines the maximum depth for the queue before congestion bits (FECN and BECN) are set on the frames.




Default: 6553 bytes




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanmap

cnfchanmapConfigure Channel Map—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanmap command to configure interworking for a specified channel and to modify the congestion (FECN) and priority (DE, CLP) mapping between the Frame Relay frames and ATM cells for a channel.

Syntax

cnfchanmap <Port.DLCI|chan_num> <chanType> <FECN/EFCI> <DE to CLP> <CLP to DE>

Syntax Description

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be configured using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.







Related Commands

dspchanmap

chanType Channel type.













FECN/EFCI Maps the Frame Relay FECN bit to the ATM Explicit Forward Congestion Indication (EFCI) bit. FECN-to-EFCI mapping should be enabled only on Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) connections

• 1 = map EFCI (this option valid only for SIW)

• 2 = make EFCI 0

DE to CLP Maps the Frame Relay DE bit to the ATM Cell Loss Priority (CLP) bit.

• 1 = map DE to CLP

• 2 = make CLP 0

• 3 = make CLP 1

CLP to DE Maps the ATM CLP bit to the Frame Relay DE mapping.

• 1 = map CLP to DE

• 2 = make DE 0

• 3 = make DE 1

• 4 = ignore CLP (this option valid only for NIW and Frame Forwarding)




Attributes

Example

On the current FRSM in slot 30, change configuration of the interworking type and channel mapping for channel 16. Set the channel type to network interworking, set EFCI equal to 0, the DE to CLP mapping to map DE to CLP, and the CLP to DE mapping to map CLP to DE.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfchanmap 16 1 1 1





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanpol

cnfchanpolConfigure Channel Policing—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanpol command to configure the Frame Relay ingress policing parameters for a channel. No messages appear on screen unless an error occurs.

Syntax

cnfchanpol <Port.DLCI|chan_num> <cir> <bc> <be> <ibs> <detag> <egrat>

Syntax Description





cir Committed information rate (CIR) bps value, in the range appropriate for the card type.



• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000






bc Committed burst rate, in the range appropriate for the card type.

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM range: 0–65535 bytes

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM range: 0–65535 bytes


Default: 5100 bytes

Note The committed burst value cannot be 0 when the committed information rate is not 0. The committed burst value MUST be set to 0 when the committed information rate is set to 0.

be Excess burst rate, in the range appropriate for the card type.





Note The excess burst value cannot be 0 when the committed information rate is set to 0. Setting the excess burst rate to the maximum value supported by each individual card type will disable ingress policing. For example, setting Be = 65535 on the FRSM-8T1 will disable ingress policing.

ibs Initial burst size, in the range appropriate for the card type.




Default: 100 bytes

Note The initial burst size should be less than or equal to the value of the committed burst rate when the committed information rate is set to greater than 0. When the committed information rate is set to 0, the initial burst size MUST be set to 0.

detag Value to enable or disable ingress discard eligible (DE) tagging.

• 1 = enable


egrat Egress service rate, in the range appropriate for the card.



• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000 bps

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000 bps

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000 bps






Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfegrq, cnfm32eqthresh, dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, dspports, xcnfchan, xcnfport

Attributes

Example

On channel 17 of the current FRSM card, change the Bc value to 12500 bytes, the Be value to 10000 bytes, and enable ingress DE tagging.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > cnfchanpol 17 1536000 12500 10000 100 1 1536000

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchansrvrate

cnfchansrvrateConfigure Channel Service Rate—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchansrvrate command to configure the maximum scheduled service rate (in cells per second on a per channel/connection basis) of cells exiting the ingress VC queues on a FRSM or MPSM card towards the cell bus of the MGX switch.

The cnfchansrvrate command provisions the service rate of a channel independent of the CIR rate of the connection. This feature separates the policing parameters (CIR, Bc, Be, IBS) from the service rate, providing you with more traffic management control over the connection.

When the srvord option is set to enable, the maximum cell service rate to the network is defined by the srvrate option value configured in this command.

When the srvord option is set to disable, the FRSM or MPSM card uses a default service rate setting calculated by the following formula: srvrate = 1.44x PIR. The 1.44x factor represents the nominal overhead of packing 100 byte Frame Relay frames into ATM cells. If the Frame Relay frame size is different from 100 bytes, then this overhead value will change.

This command thus provides a mechanism to adjust the service rate towards the network if the default value is deemed inappropriate.

Note The cnfchansrvrate command is not applicable to ABR connections.


cnfchansrvrate <Port.DLCI|chan_num> <srvord> <srvrate>


cnfchansrvrate <chan_num> <srvord> <srvrate>

Syntax Description







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchansrvrate

Related Commands

dspchans, dspcons, dspservrate

Attributes

Example

Configure the channel service rate on the current FRSM, channel 16, at 4000 cps, even though the CIR for the connection may be set to 0.

NODENAME.1.26.FRSM.a > cnfchansrvrate 16 1 4000NODENAME.1.26.FRSM.a >

srvord Channel service rate override programming option.

• 1 = enable

• 2 = disable

srvrate The actual channel service rate to be provisioned for the given channel (in cps).

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM Range: 10–10000

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM Range: 10-10000

• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B Range: 10–198412




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchanstdabr

cnfchanstdabrConfigure Channel for Standard ABR—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchanstdabr command to configure standard Available Bit Rate (ABR) parameters.

The MPSM-8T1/E1-FRM and FRSM-8T1/E1 supports only Terminating Standard ABR—source/destination behavior. While at least one control loop between source and destination end systems is required, you can choose to segment the control loop. Using this method, an intermediate switch can close the control loop and initiate a new control loop by behaving as both a destination and a new source. Source/destination behavior is useful when you need to reduce the length of individual control loops, or create separate control domains for administrative reasons.

Syntax

cnfchanstdabr <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM> <mcr> <pcr> <icr> <rif > <rdf> <nrm> <trm> <tbe> <frtt>

<adtf> <cdf>

Syntax Description



CHAN_NUM Specifies the channel number you are configuring. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.


mcr Minimum cell rate allowed. The VSI controller uses the MCR to route ABR connections in the network. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.







pcr Peak cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.




icr Initial cell rate is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period.




rif Rate increase factor controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell.


rdf Rate decrease factor controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2.


nrm The inrate cell count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM cell.


trm The maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.

Range: 3–255 msec

tbe The transient buffer exposure is a negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns.


frtt The fixed round trip time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back.


adtf The ACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.


cdf Cutoff decrease factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM.





Related Commands

cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfportstdabrctrl, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchanstdabr, dspchans, dspcons, dspfeature, dspstdabrctrl

Attributes

Example

Change the MCR to 28000 cps, the ICR to 30000 cps, and the trm value to 100 ms on channel 17 of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfchanstdabr 17 28000 30720 30000 64 16 64 100 16777215 0 500 16





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfchantrapenbl

cnfchantrapenblConfigure Channel Trap Enable (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfchantrapenbl command to enable or disable channel traps.

Syntax

cnfchantrapenbl <Disable|Enable>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspchantrapenbl

Attributes: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B


Example

Configure channel traps on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfchantrapenbl 1Channel Traps will be Enabled, Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y


Disable|Enable Disable or enable channel traps.

• 0 = Disable

• 1 = Enable





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfclktype

cnfclktypeConfigure Clock Type—FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfclktype command to configure the line clock type for a specific FRSM-HS2/B line.

Syntax

cnfclktype <line_num> <clock_type>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspln, dsplns

Attributes

Example

Set the line 1 clock type so that the receive clock is not inverted and the transmit clock is not looped.

Janus1.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfclktype 1 1

Janus1.1.11.VHSHS2B.a >

line_num Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to display the available lines.

clock_type Select the clock configuration for the line:

• 1 = RXC clock not inverted, TXC clock not looped (Internal clock), applicable for V.35/X.21 back cards. (default for X.21)

• 2 = RXC clock inverted, TXC clock not looped (Internal clock), applicable for V.35/X.21 back cards.

• 3 = RXC clock not inverted, TXC clock looped (TxCE), applicable only for V.35 back card. (default for V.35)

• 4 = RXC clock inverted, TXC clock looped (TxCE), applicable only for V.35 back card.

Note Signal names are w.r.t. to the DTE side.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfcon

cnfconConfigure Connection—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfcon command to modify a connection that was created with the addcon or addspvc command.

Note When using the cnfcon command on PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, modifying the CIR will change only the CIR and Local PCR of the connection and leave the Remote PCR unchanged. When modifying connections, changes to any of the traffic parameters must be made at both the local end and the remote end of a connection in order for the connection to be successful and not go into alarm.

Syntax

cnfcon <Port.DLCI> <chan_type> <cir> [CAC]

Syntax Description






Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

chan_type Channel internetworking type. Set this option to one of the following:













cir Committed information rate (CIR) bps value:



• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000



CAC This optional parameter enables or disables Connection Admission Control (CAC). Select one of the following:

• 1 = Enable

• 2 = Disable (default)






Example

Change connection on port 1, DLCI 16 to use a new CIR.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > cnfcon 1.16 1 32000






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfdiagtest

cnfdiagtestConfigure Diagnostic Test—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Enter the cnfdiagtest command to modify the parameters of a single diagnostic test that is a member of the online diagnostics test suite. This command may also be used to modify all online diagnostic tests at the same time.

Syntax

cnfdiagtest <TestId> [<enable|disable>] [-role <role>] [-startTOD <time>] [-period <period>]

[-iterns <iterns>] [-param1 <param>] [-param2 <param>]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, clrslftst, cnfslftst, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, pausediag, resumediag, rundiagtest, runslftstno

Attributes

TestId Test ID number of the diagnostic test to be modified in the range 1 to 23, or enter all to specify all tests. Enter the dspdiagtests command to view the diagnostic tests available and the associated test ID numbers.

Note Only the enable|disable and -role option may be used with the all command option. All other command options are for use with individual diagnostic tests.

enable|disable Enables or disables the diagnostic test on the current card.

-role State of the card on which the specified diagnostic test is performed:

• Active state = 1

Note In Cisco MGX Releases 5.1 and 1.3, diagnostic tests are supported only on Active cards.

-startTOD Scheduled start time of the diagnostic test using a 24 hour format (HH:MM). Enter Now to execute the test immediately.

-period Time between successive iterations of the diagnostic test in minutes.

-iterns Number of times the diagnostic test should be repeated. When the value is specified as -1, the test will continuously execute.

-param1 Parameter 1 for test. Enter the dspdiagtests <TestId> command to display the configurable parameters for each online diagnostic test.

-param2 Parameter 2 for test. Enter the dspdiagtests <TestId> command to display the configurable parameters for each online diagnostic test.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfdiagtest

Example

On the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 6, modify diagnostic test number 9 to enabled in the active state, to start now, to wait one minute between successive tests, and run only twice.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfdiagtest 9 enable -role 1 -startTOD now -period 1 -iterns 2




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfds3ln

cnfds3lnConfigure DS3 Line—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the optional cnfds3ln command to configure line characteristics after the line becomes active (see addln).

Syntax: FRSM-2T3, FRSM-2CT3

cnfds3ln <line_num> <line_type> <line_len> <clk_src>

Syntax: FRSM-2E3

cnfds3ln <line_num> <line_len> <clk_src>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

line_num Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dspds3lns command to display the available lines.

line_type Type of line to be configured.

• 1 = C-bit parity

• 2 = G.832_G.804

• 3 = M13

• 4 = G.751

Note For FRSM-2E3 only G.751 is supported.

line_len Length of line.

• 1 = less than 225 feet

• 2 = greater than or equal to 225 feet

clk_src Dsx3 Xmt clock source.

• 1 = backplane clock (FRSM-2E3 only)

• 2 = recovery clock (FRSM-2T3, FRSM-2E3 only)

• 3 = local clock (FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3, FRSM-2E3)




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfds3ln

Example

Change the line 1 configuration to specify the longer line length.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > cnfds3ln 1 1 2 3

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfdsx3bert

cnfdsx3bertConfigure DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the cnfdsx3bert command to specify a pattern for a Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) on a DS3 line on the current FRSM card.

Note This command fails when no lines are in loopback mode. See addds3loop and addds3rmtloop.

Syntax

cnfdsx3bert <line_num> <testpattern>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

line_num DS3 line number, in the range 1–2 for FRSM-2T3E3.

test pattern DSX3 BERT pattern.

• 1 = All Ones

• 2 = All Zeros


• 4 = Double Ones and Zeroes

• 5 = 3 in 24

• 6 = 1 in 16

• 7 = 1 in 8

• 8 = 1 in 4

• 9 = Superframe Loop Up

• 10 = Superframe Loop Down

• 11 = ThreeBit (2^3-1)

• 12 = FourBit (2^4-1)

• 13 = FiveBit (2^5-1)

• 14 = SixBit (2^6-1)

• 15 = SevenBit (2^7-1)

• 16 = Fractional T1 Loop Up

• 17 = Fractional T1 Loop Down

• 18 = NineBit (2^9-1)

• 19 = TenBit (2^10-1)

• 20 = ElevenBit (2^11-1)

• 21 = FifteenBit (2^15-1)

• 22 = SeventeenBit (2^17-1)

• 23 = EighteenBit (2^18-1)

• 24 = TwentyBit (2^20-1)

• 25 = TwentyBit QRSS

• 26 = TwentyOneBit (2^21-1)

• 27 = TwentyTwoBit (2^22-1)

• 28 = TwentyThreeBit (2^23-1)

• 29 = TwentyFiveBit (2^25-1)

• 30 = TwentyEightBit (2^28-1)

• 31 = TwentyNineBit (2^29-1)

• 32 = ThirtyOneBit (2^31-1)

• 33 = ThirtyTwoBit (2^32-1)



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Configure BERT on line1 to use an all-zeros pattern.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > cnfdsx3bert 1 2





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfegrq

cnfegrqConfigure Egress Queue—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfegrq command to configure the egress queue parameters for a specific port.

Syntax

cnfegrq <port_num> <egr_serv_type> <Qdepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspports, dspservrate, queDsp

port_num Specify the number for the port you want to view. The dspports command lists all configured ports.

egr_serv_type Select the service type to view:

• Weighted fair queue, high Priority Queue = 1

• Weighted fair queue, rtVBR Queue = 2

• Weighted fair queue, nrtVBR Queue and ABR Queue = 3

• Weighted fair queue, UBR Queue = 4

• Ratio based queue, high Priority Queue = 1

• Ratio based queue, low Priority Queue = 2

Tip Depending upon which egress port servicing algorithm was configured with the cnfegrservtype command, choose either the weighted fair queue service types or the ratio based queue service types. Use the dspegrservtype command to display the current egress port servicing algorithm configured on the current FRSM card.

Qdepth Egress port queue depth. This setting is the maximum allowable depth for the queue before it starts dropping frames. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 2097151.


QDEThresh Egress port queue DE threshold. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the frames are tagged as discard eligible (DE).Enter a number in the range of 0 to 2097151.


QECNThresh Egress port queue ECN Threshold. The explicit congestion notification (ECN) threshold defines the maximum depth for the queue before congestion bits (FECN and BECN) are set on the frames. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 2097151.

Default: 6553 bytes



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfegrq

Attributes

Example

Change the port egress queue parameters for port 1, service 1.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfegrq 1 1 65535 32767 32767





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfegrservtype

cnfegrservtypeConfigure Egress Servicing Type—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfegrservtype command to change the egress port servicing algorithm. Egress port queue servicing type is a card-level option and must be configured before adding any ports.

You can choose either a four-queue, weighted fair queuing (WFQ) algorithm with quality of service (QoS) guaranteed, or a simple two-queue ratio based queuing (RBQ) algorithm without quality of service. The WFQ algorithm supports the following four egress data queues: a high priority queue (for CBR traffic), a rt-VBR queue, one common queue for a nrt-VBR and ABR traffic, and a UBR queue. The RBQ algorithm supports a high priority queue and a low priority queue.

Syntax

cnfegrservtype <type>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfm32eqthresh, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

Configure the egress service type to use the two-queue ratio based queuing algorithm.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > cnfegrservtype 99The card will be reset, Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y

(session fell back)

PXM1E_SJ.7.PXM.a >

type A value representing one of the following servicing types:

• 87 = WFQ algorithm with four queues (default).

• 99 = RBQ algorithm with two queues.

Log: No State: Active Privilege: Super Group



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnffst

cnffstConfigure ForeSight (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnffst command to configure ForeSight parameters for the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

cnffst <rate_up> <rate_down> <rate_fast_down> <qir_time_out> <rtd_interval>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanfst, dspchans, dspcons, dspfst

Attributes

Example

Configure the ForeSight parameters on the current MPSM card with a rate up of 12 percent, a rate down of 80 percent, a rate fast down of 40 percent, a QIR time out of 8 seconds, and an RTD interval of 5 seconds.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnffst 12 80 40 8 5


rate_up Rate up. A percentage of the configured MIR that the connection rate increases if there is no congestion. Default is 10 percent.

Range: 1–100 percent

rate_down Rate down. A percentage of the current connection rate that the connection rate drops to if there is congestion. Default is 87 percent (which is equivalent to a 13 percent reduction).


rate_fast_down Rate fast down. A percentage of the current connection rate that the connection rate drops to if there is severe congestion. Default is 50 percent.


qir_time_out The idle period after which the connection rate is reset to the QIR. Default is 10 seconds.

Range: 1–255 seconds

rtd_interval Interval between round-trip delay measurement requests. Default is 5 seconds.

Range: 1–255 seconds

Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Super Group



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfln

cnflnConfigure Line—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the optional cnfln command to configure line characteristics after the line becomes active (see addln).


cnfln <line_num> <line_code> <line_len> <clk_src> [E1-signalling/T1-Linetype]

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3 (DS1)

cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <clk_src>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B

cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <serial_line_rate> [-intrtyp <interface_type>] [-freqth <dte_freq_thr>]

Syntax Description

line_num Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to display the available lines. Range of lines:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 1 to 8

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 56

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card = 1-2

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-12IN1-8S back card = 1 to 8

line_code Select the line coding:

• B8ZS (T1) = 2

• HDB3 (E1) = 3

• AMI (T1/E1) = 4

line_len Enter the length of the line:

• T1 range:

– 0 to 131 feet = 10

– 131 to 262 feet = 11

– 262 to 393 feet = 12

– 393 to 524 feet = 13

– 524 to 655 feet = 14

– >655 feet = 15

• E1 (with SMB line module) = 8

• E1 (with RJ48 line module) = 9




Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

clk_src Dsx1 clock source.

• 1 = loop clock

• 2 = local clock

E1-signalling,

T1-Linetype

This option selects E1 signaling methods or T1 line types. Enter the keyword for the signaling combination listed below:

E1 signaling methods:

• CAS, no CRC = CAS

• CAS with CRC = CAS_CRC

• CCS, no CRC = CCS

• CCS, with CRC = CCS_CRC

• Clear E1 = CLEAR

T1 Line types:

• dsx1 ESF = ESF

• dsx1 D4 = D4

line_type For FRSM-2CT3 cards, select the line type from the following:

• 1 = dsx1 ESF

• 2 = dsx1 D4

For FRSM-HS2/B cards, select the line type from the following:

• DTE = 1

• DCE = 2

• DTE_ST (V.35 only) = 3

serial_line_rate Specify a serial line rate from the following ranges:

• HSSI: 2400 to 51840000 bps

• V.35/X.21: 2400 to 8192000 bps

Note Specify the serial line rate in multiples of 1000 if greater than 48000 bps. For example, the following are valid line rates above 48000 bps: 50000, 51835000, 10238000.

-intrtyp This option selects the interface type when the MGX-12IN1-8S back card is used with the FRSM-HS2/B card. Select from the following options:

• X.21 = 2

• V.35 = 3 (default)

-freqth This option sets the DTE/DTE ST clock threshold. The range is 1 to 50 percent of the Serial Line Rate. The default value is 3 percent.

In DTE mode the FRSM-HS2/B card can compare the incoming clock rate against the programmed rate. If it varies by more than the percentage configured, then a clock alarm is generated.




Attributes

Example

On the current FRSM-8T1 card, configure line 6 for a line length greater than 655 feet and leave the other parameters set to the defaults.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfln 6 2 15 2





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnflnloop

cnflnloopConfigure Line Loopback Code Detection—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the cnflnloop command to enable or disable loopback code detection on a specified line. Enabling loopback code detection allows a line to detect inband loopback activate and deactivate codes.

Upon detecting a loopback activate code, the line goes into remote loopback. Upon receiving a loopback deactivate code, the line comes out of remote loopback. The loopback deactivate code is honored only if the line was put into remote loopback by a loopback activate code. If loopback code detection is disabled while the line is in a remote loopback mode that was initiated by a loopback activate code, the line will fall out of remote loopback.

The types of equipment that can generate loopback activate codes include the SRM, BERT enabled routers, and DSU/CSU test equipment.

For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM and MPSM card, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

Tip Use the dspln command to display the configuration for loopback detection.

Syntax

cnflnloop <line_num> <lpbkCodeDetection>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addlnloop, dellnloop, dspln, dsplns

Attributes

Example

Enable loopback code detection for line 6 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnflnloop 6 2

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

line_num Line number for which you want to configure loopback code detection. Use the dsplns command to view the available lines.

lpbkCodeDetection Loopback code detection parameter.

• Disable code detection = 1

• Enable code detection = 2




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnflnsubrate

cnflnsubrateConfigure Line Subrate—FRSM-2T3E3

Use the cnflnsubrate command to configure the T3/E3 line subrate mode.

Normally, the FRSM-2T3E3 lines operate at full T3E3 line rate. This command allows the user to enable support for fractional/subrate T3E3 service support on a per line basis. Configuring a line for subrate mode is typically used to resize the bandwidth used between two nodes with dissimilar physical link capacities. Such support is generally proprietary in nature, and must be configured to match the specific vendor DSU equipment usually installed in the customer premise end of the FRSM line, hence the vendor specific configuration options provided.

This command provides T3/E3 line subrates for Digital Link and ADC Kentrox DSUs.

Note Larscom DSUs are not supported in Cisco MGX Releases 5.1 and 1.3.

Syntax

cnflnsubrate <line_num> <dsu_subrate_ena> <dsu_select> <dsu_scramble_ena> <dsu_line_rate >

Syntax Description

.

line_num DS3 line number. Use the dspds3lns command to view the lines available for configuration.

dsu_subrate_ena DS3 SubRate enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

dsu_select DS3 DSU select.

• Digital Link 3100 Mode = 1

• ADC-Kentrox = 2

• Larscom = 3 (This option is not supported)

• G.751 clear channel = 4



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnflnsubrate

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, xcnfln

Attributes

Example

Enable subrate mode for line 1, select ADC-Kentrox mode, disable scrambling, and select the minimum rate.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > cnflnsubrate 1 2 2 1 1000


dsu_scramble_ena DSU line scrambling:

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

dsu_line_rate Enter a line rate that falls within the subrate range and is a multiple of the step value listed below.

• T3, DL3100—Subrate range: 300 to 44100, Step: 300, Full rate: 44210Kbps

• T3, ADC-Kentrox Mode—Subrate range: 1500 to 35000, Step: 500, Full rate: 44210Kbps

• E3, DL3100—Subrate range: 358 to 34010, Step: 358, Full rate: 34010Kbps

• E3, ADC-Kentrox Mode—Subrate range: 1000 to 24500, Step: 500, Full rate: 34099Kbps

• E3, ClearCh—Subrate range: N/A, Step: N/A, Full rate: 34099Kbps

Note The Clear Channel selection requires that the dsu_subrate_ena parameter be set to disabled.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfm32eqthresh

cnfm32eqthreshConfigure M32 Egress Queue Threshold—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the cnfm32eqthresh command to configure the M32 egress queue threshold value.

In the architecture of the egress traffic flow on the eight-port FRSM and MPSM cards, egress frames are placed into high priority or low priority egress queues based on the priority of the channel. The queue priority of a channel is configured with the cnfchanegressq command. This allows users to distinguish high priority and low priority channels within the same logical port. There is also an LMI queue available for high priority egress management traffic, such as LMI or CLLM traffic.

Determined by the port egress queue service ratio, the egress frames then exit the high priority and low priority queues into the M32 per port transmit queue. For example, if the service ratio is 5:1, the M32 per port transmit queue will pick up 5 frames from the high priority queue before it picks up 1 frame from the low priority queue if both of the queues are not empty. If the high priority queue is empty, then the frames in the low priority queue will be serviced. Frames in the LMI queue take precedence over the high priority and low priority queue’s service ratio and are serviced first. The port egress queue service ratio is configured with the xcnfport command using the -rat option.

No policing or traffic shaping is done in the egress direction, and the M32 port transmit queue is filled at the arrival rate of the frames. The default M32 egress queue threshold is 6000 bytes. Frames queued in the M32 egress queue are then sent to the line.

Problems can occur in the filling of the M32 egress queue when all of the following conditions are present:

• A logical port is oversubscribed with low priority and high priority traffic.

• The low priority traffic is high speed and has larger frame sizes.

• The high priority traffic is low speed and has smaller frame sizes.

When these conditions occur, there is a probability that the M32 egress queue will be filled with more frames from the low priority queue, and when a high priority frame arrives it will experience some delay in transmitting because of the low priority frames already in the M32 egress queue.

To remedy this situation, the cnfm32eqthresh command is used to reduce the M32 egress queue threshold. This should result in a reduction of delay for the high priority frames since there will be a reduction in the amount of low priority frames in the M32 egress queue, and therefore providing a greater opportunity for the high priority frames to enter the M32 egress queue sooner. Although there will be some performance improvement for the high priority traffic by reducing the M32 egress queue threshold, some delay will still be present because of the presence of the low priority traffic. Therefore, it is recommended that a logical port should not have a mixture of delay sensitive traffic and low priority large frame size traffic.

The reduction of the M32 egress queue threshold should not affect ports that are not oversubscribed, and also should not affect the performance of low priority channels on oversubscribed ports.

Syntax

cnfm32eqthresh <portNum> <threshold>



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfm32eqthresh

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspports, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

Set the M32 threshold queue value for port 6 to 5000 bytes.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfm32eqthresh 6 5000


portNum Enter the port number that you want to configure. To display a list of available ports, use the dspports command.

threshold Enter a threshold value in the range of 1 to 6000 bytes. Default is 6000.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfoamlpbk

cnfoamlpbkConfigure OAM Loopback—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfoamlpbk command to configure the OAM loopback test. The OAM loopback test is used to determine the continuity of connections and to generate alarms if the continuity test fails. The OAM loopback test is performed on all active (failed/alarm or clear) connections on the current FRSM card.

This nonintrusive test sends OAM cells to an idle connection, one not receiving data for a whole minute, to verify connection continuity. No remote end loopback is necessary for this test to run. OAM cells are automatically recognized and returned without the need for the remote end to be looping back all data. If the endpoints reside in FastPacket cards, then “test delay” cells are transmitted instead of OAM loopback cells.

The OAM cell is initiated at an endpoint and sent into the network, where it will be returned by the card at the remote end of the connection. (Note that the cells do not go through NNI trunks.) When ten consecutive cells are not received, the connection is declared failed. The test logs alarms when significant continuous cell loss is encountered.

Once a failed connection is detected, the local end from which the test started sends a network message to the endpoint node indicating a failure. This provides consistent network views for both ends of the connection.

Note This command is not supported on MPSM-8T1-FRM and MPSM-8E1-FRM cards.

Syntax

cnfoamlpbk <dis/enb> <frequency>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnftrafficgen, dspoamlpbk, dsptrafficgen


dis/enb One of the following actions:

• 1 = OamRas enabled

• 2 = OamRas disabled

frequency Frequency at which the loopback cells are sent.

Range: 1–10 min




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfoamlpbk


Example

Enable OAM loopback cells every 10 minutes on the current FRSM card.

Corvette.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfoamlpbk 1 10

Corvette.1.11.FRSM.a >




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfport

cnfportConfigure Port—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfport command to modify the most commonly changed characteristics of a FRSM or MPSM port. Verify the configuration using the dspport command.


cnfport <portNum> <lmiSig> <asyn> <ELMI> <T391> <T392> <N391> <N392> <N393> [lmi_autosense]

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

cnfport <portNum> <lmiSig> <asyn> <ELMI> <T391> <T392> <N391> <N392> <N393>[lmi_autosense]

Syntax Description

port Num Specify the number for the port you want to configure. The dspports command lists all configured ports.

lmiSig LMI signaling protocol type.

• None = N (default)

• Strata LMI = S

• Annex A UNI = au

• Annex D UNI = du

• Annex A NNI = an

• Annex D NNI = dn

Note When LMI is configured, the maximum number of connections per port for Strata LMI port is 560 and for Annex A/D UNI/NNI port is 898.




asyn Enables or disables asynchronous updates. Asynchronous updates are an extension to the LMI protocol that notify the user immediately of changes in PVC and Multicast status. Before enabling this feature, make sure that any DTE equipment you are connected to supports asynchronous updates from the network. An Update Status (UPD) message indicates the PVC status and the Multicast status of a single DLCI on a port. UPD messages are precipitated by changes in the configuration, active status, or flow control of a PVC. An Unsolicited Full Status (UFS) message indicates the status of all PVCs or Multicast groups on a port.

• Update Status (UPD) and Unsolicited Full Status (UFS) disabled = n or 1 (default)

• UPD enabled = y or 2

• UFS enabled = 3 (Supported only with NNI signaling)

• UPD and UFS enabled = 4 (Supported only with NNI signaling)

Note Asynchronous updates are not part of the periodic polling process and do not satisfy the requirement for a status message in a given polling interval.

ELMI Enable or disable enhanced LMI. Enhanced LMI enables the automatic exchange of Frame Relay QoS parameter information between the DTE and DCE. When enabled on both the DTE and the FRSM or MPSM port, this allows the DTE device to learn QoS parameters from the frame relay port and use them for traffic shaping, configuration, or management purposes.

• Disable = n or N (default)

• Enable = y or Y

T391 T391 timer. This is the Link Integrity Verification polling timer. The user (DTE) sends Status Enquiry messages to the network (DCE) every T391 seconds. An error is recorded if a Status message is not received within T391 seconds. The T391 counter always applies to the user equipment. It applies to the user and network if NNI bi-directional polling is present.

Range: 5–30 sec

Default: 10

T392 T392 timer. This is the Polling Verification timer. The network (DCE) expects Status Enquiry messages from the user (DTE) every T392 seconds. If the network does not receive a Status Enquiry message from the user within T392 seconds and the timer expires, then the network records a missing Status Enquiry message by incrementing the N392 counter. This timer value must be set greater than the T391 timer. The T392 timer always applies to the network. It applies to the network and user if NNI bi-directional polling is present.

Range: 5–30 sec

Default: 15




Related Commands

addport, copyports, delport, delports, dspport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

N391 N391 counter. This setting establishes the Full Status (status of all PVCs) polling cycle. The user (DTE) sends a Full Report Status Enquiry to the network (DCE) every N391 polls. The N391 counter always applies to the user equipment. It applies to the user and network if NNI bi-directional polling is present.

Range: 1–255

Default: 6

N392 N392 counter. This setting specifies the error threshold. This is the number of errors during N393 events that will cause an error condition. This counter should be less than or equal to the N393 counter. This counter can apply to both the user (DTE) and the network (DCE).

Range: 1–10

Default: 3

N393 N393 counter. This setting is the monitored events count, which must be greater than the N392 counter. N392 errors during N393 events will cause an error condition. If the N393 counter is set to a value much less than the N391 counter, the port could go in and out of an error condition without notification to either the user equipment or the network. This counter can apply to both the user (DTE) and the network (DCE).

Range: 1–10

Default = 4

lmi_autosense LMI autosense. With LMI autosense enabled the frame relay port will detect and configure its LMI signaling type to that of the LMI signaling type configured on the attached CPE. If LMI autosense is set to manual, the user must configure the LMI signaling type by using the lmiSig option above or use the addport or xcnfport commands.

• 1 = Manual (default)

• 2 = AutoSense







Example

Change the LMI signaling for port 8 to Strata LMI and leave all other parameters set to the default values.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfport 8 s n n 10 15 6 3 4

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfportcllm

cnfportcllmConfigure Port CLLM—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfportcllm command to modify Consolidated Link Layer Management (CLLM) parameters for a specified port on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

CLLM frames are used to exchange connection congestion information through an NNI to allow the ForeSight algorithm to regulate the flow of traffic on each connection based on congestion in the local network as well as congestion in an attached network. CLLM allows the ForeSight feature to extend beyond local network boundaries to another attached Cisco WAN switching network or through a UNI to an attached Cisco router that supports the ForeSight feature.

CLLM congestion messages are part of a dynamic and adaptive traffic shaping mechanism. When congestion is detected in the frame relay network, ForeSight is used to asynchronously notify other network switches to slow down traffic into the network across the NNI. Attached CPE through a UNI are also informed of congestion in the network, and if the CPE supports ForeSight, then the CPE throttles back on sending traffic into the network.

Use the dspport command to view the CLLM configuration for a port.

Note The PXM45 and PXM1E cards do not support the ForeSight feature. It is recommended to use standard ABR (if available) on Frame Relay connections that route through PXM45 and PXM1E backbone networks

Syntax

cnfportcllm <portNum> <CLLMEN> <CLLMTM>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfport, dspport, dspports, xcnfport

portNum Specify the number for the port you want to configure. The dspports command lists all configured ports.

CLLMEN Enable or disable CLLM.


• 2 = enable

CLLMTM CLLM timer. This setting is the time interval between successive CLLM congestion messages sent across an NNI or to an attached CPE device through a UNI. A useful value is typically within the 50-150 ms range.

Range: 40–5000 ms

Default: 1000 (1 sec)



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfportcllm

Attributes

Example

Enable CLLM on port 8 and set the timer to 1 second.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfportcllm 8 2 1000

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfportrscprtn

cnfportrscprtnConfigure Port Resource Partition—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1 (PXM1 only), FRSM-8T1-C, (PXM1 only), FRSM-8E1 (PXM1 only), FRSM-8E1-C (PXM1 only), FRSM-2T3E3 (PXM1 only), FRSM-2CT3 (PXM1 only), FRSM-HS2/B (PXM1 only)

Use the cnfportrscprtn command to modify the configuration of a port-level resource partition.

Syntax

cnfportrscprtn <port_num> <controller-name> <pct_bw> <min_dlci> <max_dlci> <max_lcn>

Syntax Description

port_num Port number of the resource partition to be modified. You must add a port to a line before you can modify the resource partition on a port. Use the dspports command to view the available ports.

controller-name Controller for this port-level resource partition.

• On MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C cards:

– PAR

– PNNI

– TAG.

• On FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B cards:

– 1 = PAR (PVC)

– 2 = PNNI (SPVC)

– 3 = TAG (MPLS)

pct_bw Bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for ingress and egress communications. Range is 0 to 100 percent.






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfportrscprtn

Related Commands

addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspportrscprtn, dsprscprtn, xcnfportrscprtn, xcnfrscprtn



Example

Modify the PNNI port-level resource partition on port 1 of the current MPSM card to use 75 percent bandwidth, a DLCI range of 100 to 200, and 500 LCNs.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfportrscprtn 1 PNNI 75 100 200 500





max_lcn Maximum LCNs to be available in this port resource partition. Range by card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfportstdabrctrl

cnfportstdabrctrlConfigure Port Standard ABR Control—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the cnfportstdabrctrl command to set the standard ABR control options for a specified port on the current FRSM or MPSM card. This is a port level feature and all standard ABR connections provisioned on the port will behave in the same way according to the options selected using this command. Control options include Resource Management (RM) cell generation and DE to CLP and FECN to EFCI mapping in the FR to ATM direction of traffic flow for channels present on the port.

Note Use the dspport and xdspport commands to view the current standard ABR control options configured on a port.

Syntax

cnfportstdabrctrl <port_num> <option>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfstdabrctrl, dspport, dspstdabrctrl, xdspport, xcnfport

Attributes

Example

Disable Resource Management (RM) cell generation and enable mapping as the Standard ABR control options on port 1 of the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfportstdabrctrl 1 2


port_num Specify the number for the port you want to configure. The dspports command lists all configured ports.

option Enter the number that corresponds to the standard ABR control options you want to use:

• 1 = No RM cell generation, no mapping

• 2 = No RM cell generation, mapping enabled

• 3 = RM cell generation enabled, no mapping (default)

• 4 = RM cell generation enabled, mapping enabled




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfprfparam

cnfprfparamConfigure Performance Parameters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the cnfprfparam command to change the dspprfhist command’s sampling interval (bucket interval) of processor usage on the current MPSM card.

Syntax

cnfprfparam <Bucket interval>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspprfhist

Attributes

Example

Change the sampling interval of the dspprfhist command to 40 seconds.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfprfparam 40The bucket interval will be effective from the next bucket collection.


Bucket interval Sampling interval of processor usage on the MPSM card. Range is 1-600 seconds. Default setting is 20 seconds.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfrdimapenbl

cnfrdimapenblConfigure RDI Map Enable—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfrdimapenbl command to map RDI to the A-bit. With RDI to A-bit mapping enabled, the LMI

A-bit will be put into an inactive state (A=0) in response to a Remote Defect Indication (RDI) from the net-

work. This allows the attached CPE to find another route in the event of the failure in the frame relay (FR)

network.

The A-bit is a status bit in the LMI messages exchanged between the FR port and the attached CPE device.

The A-bit indicates that the FR connection for that DLCI is active or inactive. Generally, a router will not

send packets to an inactive interface, regarding the FR connection as out of service if A=0. The network will

set A=1 when the network considers the circuit to be active, and fault free. Our switches will also set A=0 if

the remote end LMI session to the remote router has A=0. We will also set A=0 if there is a fault in our net-

work, such as connection failure, OAM loopback test failure, and so forth.

RDI is an alarm state on a sonet APS protected interface, which indicates a remote defect detected at the remote end of the APS protected path. RDI to A-bit mapping adds the capability of setting A=0 in the event that a remote ATM endpoint is in an APS RDI alarm state.

Syntax

cnfrdimapenbl <enable|disable>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dsprdimapenbl

Attributes

Example

Enable RDI mapping on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > cnfrdimapenbl 1Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y


enable|disable To enable RDI mapping:

• 1 = Enable RDI to Abit mapping

• 0 = Disable RDI to Abit mapping (default)




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfrscprtn

cnfrscprtnConfigure Resource Partition—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfrscprtn command to modify the configuration of a port-level resource partition.


cnfrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr> <pct_bw_ingr> <pct_bw_egr> <min_dlci> <max_dlci> <max_lcn>

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1E, PXM45

cnfrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr_type> <pct_bw_ingr> <pct_bw_egr> <min_dlci> <max_dlci>

<max_lcn> <cntrlr_id>

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C on PXM1

cnfrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr> <pct_bw_ingr> <pct_bw_egr> <min_dlci> <max_dlci> <max_lcn>


cnfrscprtn <port_num> <cntrl> <pct_bw> <min_dlci> <max_dlci> <max_lcn>

Syntax Description

port_num Port number associated with the resource partition to be modified. You must add a port to a line before you can modify the resource partition on a port. Use the dspports command to view the available ports.

cntrlr,

cntrlr_type,

cntrl

Controller for this partition:

• 1 = PAR (PVC)

• 2 = PNNI (SPVC)

• 3 = TAG (MPLS)

pct_bw_ingr Ingress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for ingress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.

pct_bw_egr Egress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for egress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.

pct_bw Bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for ingress and egress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.









Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfrscprtn

Related Commands

addrscprtn, cnfportrscprtn, dspportrscprtn, dsprscprtn, delrscprtn, dspports, xcnfportrscprtn



Example

Modify the PNNI port-level resource partition configured on port 1 of the current MPSM card to use an ingress and egress bandwidth of 20 percent, a DLCI range of 16 to 30, and 10 LCNs available.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnfrscprtn 1 2 20 20 16 30 10


max_lcn Maximum LCNs (connections) available in this port resource partition. Range by card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000



cntrlr_id Enter a number that will be associated with the controller used by this partition. Range is 1 to 255.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfslftst

cnfslftstConfigure Self-Test—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfslftst command to enable or disable self testing and to configure how often the tests are run on the current FRSM card. After enabling self testing with the cnfslftst command, use the runslftst command to choose the test to run and begin testing. At the ending of testing, use the cnfslftst command to disable testing.


Syntax

cnfslftst -en <SelftestEnable> -tm <SelftestPeriod>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, clrslftst, cnfdiagtest, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, pausediag, resumediag, rundiagtest, runslftstno



Example

The following example enables self testing and configures the testing to repeat every minute.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > cnfslftst -en 2 -tm 1


-en This option enables or disables self testing. Replace SelftestEnable with one of the following values:

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

-tm This option defines the period, in minutes, between self-tests. The range is 1 to 60.

Log: Yes State: Any Privilege: Any User

Log: Yes State: Active Privilege: Any User



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfstdabrctrl

cnfstdabrctrlConfigure Standard ABR Control—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnfstdabrctrl command to set the standard ABR control options for the current FRSM card. This is a card level feature and all standard ABR connections provisioned on the card will behave in the same way according to the options selected using this command. Control options include Resource Management (RM) cell generation and DE to CLP and FECN to EFCI mapping in the FR to ATM direction of traffic flow for channels present on the card.

Caution This command resets the service module.

Syntax

cnfstdabrctrl <option>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfportstdabrctrl, dspstdabrctrl

Attributes:

Example

Disable Resource Management (RM) cell generation and enable mapping as the Standard ABR control options on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > cnfstdabrctrl 2

The Card will be RESET for the feature to take effectDo you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y

(session fell back)

PXM1E_SJ.7.PXM.a >

option Enter the number that corresponds to the standard ABR control options you want to use:

• No RM cell generation, no mapping = 1

• No RM cell generation, mapping enabled = 2

• RM cell generation enabled, no mapping = 3 (default)




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfstdabrctrl

Tip The FRSM card will appear to hang when it gets reset. Press Return to force the switch to fall back to the active PXM card. When the card reset is complete, you can use the cc command to switch back to the FRSM card.



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnftrafficgen

cnftrafficgenConfigure Traffic Generation Test—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the cnftrafficgen command to configure a traffic generation test. The traffic generation feature aids in debugging network problems without having to install dedicated test equipment.

This test is used for troubleshooting cell loss and is intended for use with defective connections. This test is enabled or disabled at a connection level, not at a card level. By using a loopback on the other end of the connection, data integrity can be tested in both directions.

The traffic generation test transmits a stream of frames on a selected channel. This test is intrusive and will disrupt traffic on the connection. Only one traffic generation test can be conducted at a time on the current FRSM or MPSM card.


cnftrafficgen <Port.DLCI|pvc_num> <action> <num_frames> <pattern_type >

or

cnftrafficgen <Port.DLCI|pvc_num> <action>


cnftrafficgen <pvc_num> <action> <num_frames> <pattern_type >

or

cnftrafficgen <pvc_num> <action>

Syntax Description

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be tested using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


pvc_num Specifies the channel number you are testing. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.





Related Commands

clrchancnt, clrchancnts, clrportcnt, clrportcnts, cnfoamlpbk, dspchancnt, dspchans, dspcons, dspoamlpbk, dspportcnt, dsptrafficgen


action One of the following actions:

• 1 = start

• 2 = stop

• 3 = abort

Note If the num_frames and the pattern_type options are not defined for FRSM cards, traffic generation defaults to 100 frames of an all zeros pattern. If the num_frames and the pattern_type options are not defined for MPSM cards, traffic generation defaults to an all ones pattern of continuous frames.

num_frames Number of frames. This option is not supported on the MPSM-8T1-FRM and MPSM-8E1-FRM. On the MPSM traffic is generated until stopped. Even though this option is not supported on the MPSM, it still must be specified (a value of 1 is recommended) since all options must be defined when specifying a pattern other than the default pattern.

Range: 1–40960000

Note If the num_frames and the pattern_type options are not defined for FRSM cards, traffic generation defaults to 100 frames of an all zeros pattern. If the num_frames and the pattern_type options are not defined for MPSM cards, traffic generation defaults to an all ones pattern of continuous frames.

pattern_type Pattern types.Frame pattern types for MPSM-8T1-FRM and MPSM-8E1-FRM:

• All ones = 1 (default)

• All fives = 2

• All As= 3

• All zeroes = 4

Frame pattern types for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3 and FRSM-HS2/B:

• All zeros = 1 (default)

• All ones = 2

• All fives = 3

• All As = 4







Example

Start a traffic generation test on the current FRSM card on connection 16 using the default traffic generation values (100 frames, all ones pattern).

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnftrafficgen 16 1

Wait for the prompt......Starting Test

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

Start a traffic generation test on the current FRSM card on connection 16 using 50 frames and an all-ones pattern.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnftrafficgen 16 1 50 1

Wait for the prompt......Starting Test

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

Stop a traffic generation test on the current FRSM card on connection Port 8, DLCI 16.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnftrafficgen 8.16 2

Wait for the prompt.......Stopping Test

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

Start traffic generation on the current MPSM-8T1-FRM card on connection 16 using the all zeros pattern. The number of frames option is not supported on the MPSM card but the option must still be specified since all options must be defined when specifying a pattern other than the default pattern.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > cnftrafficgen 16 1 1 4Starting Test...






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecnfunit391

cnfunit391Configure UNI T391—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the cnfunit391 command to change the current setting for the UNI T391 timer on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

cnfunit391 <UNI_T391>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfport, dspport, dspunit391, xcnfport


Example

Configure the FRSM UNI T391 timer for 10 seconds.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cnfunit391 10


UNI_T391 UNI T391 timer. This is the Link Integrity Verification polling timer. The user (DTE) sends Status Enquiry messages to the network (DCE) every T391 seconds. An error is recorded if a Status message is not received within T391 seconds. The T391 counter always applies to the user equipment. It applies to the user and network if NNI bi-directional polling is present. Enter a timer value in the range of 2 to 30 seconds.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecopychans

copychansCopy Channels—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the copychans command to copy a channel configuration onto one or more channels. This command enables you to create and configure multiple channels from a specified “template” channel.

Syntax

copychans <template chan #> <start chan #> <start dlci> <# of chans> [<start remote VPI>

<start remote VCI>]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfcon, delchan, delchans, dspchans, dspcons, xcnfchan

Attributes

template chan # Specifies the channel number you are using as a template. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.


start chan # Starting channel number. Use the dspcons or dspchans commands to see which channels are already being used.

start dlci Starting DLCI number. You can use the dspcons or dspchans commands to see which DLCIs are already being used.

Tip On PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, the DLCI is found in the Port.DLCI column in the output of the dspcons and dspchans commands. On the PXM1 platform, the DLCI is found in the ConnID column in the format Nodename.Slot.Port.0.DLCI in the output of the dspcons command, and in the DLCI column in the format Slot.Line.Port.DLCI in the output of the dspchans command.

# of chans Specify the number of channels you want to create using the template channel configuration.

start remote VPI This option allows you to specify a starting remote virtual path identifier (VPI) for the connections you are creating.

start remote VCI This option allows you to specify a starting remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) for the connections you are creating.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecopychans

Example

Copy slave connection 16 ten times, using starting channel number 17 and starting DLCI 89.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > copychans 16 17 89 10

Local Connection ID is : 4700918100000000001a492344000001015b0800.11.108










8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecopyports

copyportsCopy Ports—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3

Use the copyports command to create multiple ports on a channelized line. The first step is to create the port to be copied. Then use the copyports command to create the other ports.

Syntax

copyports <template port #> <start port #> <start time slot> <# of ports>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, delport, delports, dspport dspports

Attributes

Example

Copy port number 70 five times, using starting port number 71 and starting time slot 5.

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a > copyports 70 71 5 5

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a >

Tip On a T1 line with 24 time slots, this command results in 6 ports (the original plus 5 copies). This means that each port must use 4 time slots or fewer. It is a good practice to create your template port using the lowest slot numbers so that you can copy the template port to create ports that use the higher slot numbers.

template port # Number of the template port to be copied.

start port # The port number to use for the first copy. Any additional ports will use numbers that are higher than this number.

start time slot Starting time slot for the first copy. Any additional ports will use time slots above this number.

# of ports Number of ports to create from the copy.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecore

coreCore Memory Dump—MPSM-8T1E1, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the core command to manage core memory dumps on the MPSM card.

For information on the use of this command, see “Managing MPSM Core Dumps” in Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards”.

Syntax

core [?] [mask] [mask default] [mask <hex-mask>] [enable] [disable] [hot-dump <filename.zip>]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

chkflash, cnfdiagtest, cnfprfparam, dspcderrs, dspdiagtests, dspmsgcnt, dspprfhist, dsptaskinfo, i, memShow, version

Attributes

core Enter the core command without any arguments to display the current core dump settings.

? Enter the core command with a question mark to list the optional parameters for the core command.

mask Enter the core command with the mask option to display the current mask and the error conditions for which a core dump is enabled.

The default mask is 0x273ae. To modify the mask, use the mask <hex-mask> option.

mask default Enter the core command with the mask default option to return the mask to the default mask value (0x273ae).

mask <hex-mask> Enter the core command with the mask option followed by a specified hexadecimal value to modify the mask. You can specify a mask regardless of whether core dumping is enabled for the card.

enable Enter the core command with the enable option to enable automatic core dumping for the current slot.

disable Enter the core command with the disable option to disable automatic core dumping for the current slot.

hot-dump <filename.zip> Enter the core command with the hot-dump option followed by a specified file name to initiate a hot dump of the core while the MPSM card is running. The file name must be in the format filename.zip. MPSM core dump files are saved in the C:/ directory on the PXM processor card.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecore

Example

Display the current core dump settings on an MPSM-8T1-FRM card:

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > coreAutomatic core dumping is ** disabled ** for this slot.

Saved core images are on PXM's hard disk (C:/).


Display the current mask and the error conditions for which a core dump is enabled on an MPSM-8T1-FRM card:

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > core maskAutomatic core dumping is enabled for this slot.The current core mask is 0x273ae.

OFF 00001 not used (can't be turned ON)ON 00002 DRAM Parity Error ON 00004 WatchDog Timeout Reset ON 00008 Resource Overflow OFF 00010 Clear All Configuration (can't be turned ON)ON 00020 Missing Task OFF 00040 Reset because of PXM Low Voltage (can't be turned ON)ON 00080 Reset By Event Log Task ON 00100 Reset from Shell ON 00200 Unknown OFF 00400 Reset from PXM (can't be turned ON)OFF 00800 Reset System (can't be turned ON)ON 01000 Switch Core Card ON 02000 Secondary Cache Error ON 04000 Software Error Reset OFF 08000 S/W reset due to upgrade (can't be turned ON)OFF 10000 Restore All Configuration (can't be turned ON)ON 20000 Device Driver Error




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencecpstobps

cpstobpsCells Per Second to Bits Per Second (PXM1E/PXM45 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

The cpstobps command displays a speed value in Bits Per Second (bps) after you enter a speed value in Cells Per Second (cps). It also displays the formula the software uses to translate between ATM speeds, which are measured in cps, and Frame Relay speeds, which are measured in bps.

The formula used in this command assumes a perfect fill of frame relay bits (48*8=384) into an ATM cell. It then modifies the perfect fill by a factor of 1.44x, which represents the actual overheads of packing 100 byte frame relay frames into ATM cells, including the AAL5 overheads and the last cell partial fill. This formula is correct only for a 100 byte frame size. For other frame lengths it is an approximation. It then rounds up the resulting bps rate by one.

Syntax

cpstobps <cps>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Determine the Frame Relay speed that corresponds to 38 cps.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > cpstobps 38

bps = 10134 [formula used: ((cps*38400)/144)+1]


cps Cells per second. Enter a number in the range of 10 to 135000.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelbert

delbertDelete Bit Error Rate Testing—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the delbert command to clear a Bit Error Rate Testing configuration from a line or port on the current card. This command may be used to clear a BERT session that is running or may be used after the BERT session has been stopped.

Syntax

delbert <ifNumber>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrbertstats, cnfbert, dspbert, dspbertstats, insbiterror, startbert, stopbert

Attributes

Example

Clear the BERT configuration from line 1, port 1 on the MPSM-8T1-FRM in slot 6.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > delbert 1.1


ifNumber Specify the interface number from which you want to clear the Bit Error Rate Testing configuration using the format line.port.








Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelcdrscprtn

delcdrscprtnDelete Card Resource Partition (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delcdrscprtn command to delete a card-level resource partition configured on the current FRSM or MPSM card.


delcdrscprtn <controller>

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-HS2/B

delcdrscprtn <controller-name>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcdrscprtn, cnfcdrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn



Example

Delete the TAG (MPLS) controller from the card-level resource partitions configured on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > delcdrscprtn 3


controller,

controller-name

Controller of the resource partition to delete.

• 1 = PAR (PVC)

• 2 = PNNI (SPVC)

• 3 = TAG (MPLS)





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelchan

delchanDelete Channel—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delchan command to delete a connection by specifying its logical channel number. This number is assigned by the switch when the connection is defined with the addcon or addspvc commands.

Syntax

delchan <chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchans, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Delete channel 29 on a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delchan 29(CHAN_DEL): Deleted Channel.. : 29


chan_num Channel number as it appears in the dspcons and dspchans command display.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelchanloop

delchanloopDelete Channel Loopback—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delchanloop command to delete a channel loopback from the current FRSM or MPSM card. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM and MPSM cards, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

Tip To view the loopback status of a connection, use the dspcon command and look for the line labeled ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState. A channel local remote loopback is enabled on the local card and looped back in the direction of the network to the remote end of a connection, hence the term local remote.


delchanloop <chan_num>


delchanloop <Port.DLCI|chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addchanloop, dspchans, dspcons, tstcon, tstdelay


port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be removed from channel loopback using the format Port.DLCI. You can view channel port and DLCI information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


chan_num Enter the channel number for the port as it appears in the dspcons or dspchans command output.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelchanloop


Example

Remove channel loopback from channel 29 on a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delchanloop 29





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelchans

delchansDelete Channels—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delchans command to delete a range of Frame Relay connections by specifying the channel numbers. Channel numbers are assigned by the switch as each connection is defined with the addcon or addspvc commands.

Syntax

delchans <start chan #> <# of chans>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Delete channels 32 through 33 on a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delchans 32 2(CHAN_DEL): Deleted Channel.. : 32(CHAN_DEL): Deleted Channel.. : 33

PXM1E_SJ1.1.25.FRSM.a >

start chan # Enter a channel number as it appears in the dspcons or dspchans command display.


# of chans Number of consecutive channels to delete.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelcon

delconDelete Connection—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delcon command to remove a connection from the FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

delcon <Port.DLCI>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delchans, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Delete connection 1.20 from a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delcon 1.20 (CHAN_DEL): Deleted Channel.. : 28


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be deleted using the format Port.DLCI. You can view channel port and DLCI information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelds3loop

delds3loopDelete DS3 Loop—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the delds3loop command to remove the loopback feature assigned to a DS3 line with either the addds3loop or addds3rmtloop commands. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM card, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

Tip On the FRSM-2CT3 use the dellnloop command to remove any of the 56 individual DS1 lines from local or remote loopback mode.

Syntax

delds3loop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3loop, addds3rmtloop, addlnloop, addrmtloop, dellnloop, dspds3ln, dspds3lns

Attributes

Example

Delete the line loopback from line 1 of the current FRSM 2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > delds3loop 1


line_num Enter the line number, which is either 1 or 2. Use the dspds3ln command to determine the loopback status of a line.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedeldsx3bert

deldsx3bertDelete DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the deldsx3bert command to end the current BERT session, clear all BERT counters, and release control of BERT resources.

Syntax

deldsx3bert

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Stop the current Bit Error Rate Test.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > deldsx3bert





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelln

dellnDelete Line—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delln command to bring down a line.

Syntax

delln <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addln, cnfln, dspln, dspds3lns, dsplns

Attributes

Example

Delete line 8 on a FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > delln 8


line_num Number of the line to be deleted. For a list of the lines on the current card, enter the dsplns or dspds3lns command




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedellnloop

dellnloopDelete Line Loop—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dellnloop command to remove the loopback feature assigned to a line with either the addlnloop or addrmtloop commands. For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM and MPSM cards, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

Tip On the FRSM-2CT3 use the dellnloop command to remove any of the 56 DS1 lines from local or remote loopback mode. Use the delds3loop command to remove the DS3 line from loopback mode.

Syntax

dellnloop <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addds3loop, addds3rmtloop, addlnloop, addrmtloop, delds3loop, dspds3ln, dspln

Attributes

Example

Remove the local loopback from line 8 on a FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dellnloop 8


line_num Number of the line to be removed from loopback in the range appropriate for the card.

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 1–8

• FRSM-2CT3 =1-56

• FRSM-HS2/B:

– HSSI back card = 1-2

– 12IN1-8S back card = 1-8

Use the dspln command to determine the loopback status of a line.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelport

delportDelete Port—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delport command to remove Frame Relay services from a line on a FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

delport <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, delports, dspport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Delete port 16 on a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delport 16


port_num Number of the port to be deleted. Use the dspports command to view all provisioned ports on the current FRSM or MPSM card.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelports

delportsDelete Ports—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3

Use the delports command to remove a specified number of contiguous port configurations.

No messages appear on-screen with successful completion of this command.

Syntax

delports <start port #> <# of ports>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, copyports, delports, dspport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Delete ports 3 and 4 on a FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > delports 3 2


start port # Start port number to be deleted.

# of ports Number of contiguous ports to be deleted.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelrscprtn

delrscprtnDelete Resource Partition—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1 (PXM1E/PXM45 only), FRSM-8T1-C (PXM1E/PXM45 only), FRSM-8E1 (PXM1E/PXM45 only), FRSM-8E1-C (PXM1E/PXM45 only), FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the delrscprtn command to delete a port-level resource partition.

Note Although in the CLI, the delrscprtn command is not supported on the MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, or FRSM-HS2/B cards in Cisco MGX Release 1.3 (PXM1 platforms).

Syntax: PXM1E, PXM45

delrscprtn <port_num> <cntrlr_type> <cntrlr_id>

Syntax: PXM1

delrscprtn <port_num> <controller>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addrscprtn, cnfportrscprtn, cnfrscprtn, dspportrscprtn, dspports, dsprscprtn, xcnfportrscprtn


port_num Port number associated with the resource partition to be deleted. Use the dspports command to view the available ports.

cntrlr_type,

controller

Controller for the resource partition.

• On MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM cards:

– PAR

– PNNI

– TAG

• On FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B cards:

– 1 = PAR (PVC)

– 2 = PNNI (SPVC)

– 3 = TAG (MPLS)

cntrlr_id Enter the controller ID assigned to the partition you are deleting. To display the controller ID, use the dsprscprtn command.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedelrscprtn


Example

Delete the PNNI resource partition with the controller ID of 2 from port 1 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.17.FRSM.a > delrscprtn 1 2 2





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedncon

dnconDown Connection (PXM1E/PXM45 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dncon command to bring down a connection.

Note This command operates only on master endpoints.

Syntax

dncon <Port.DLCI> or <Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, cnfcon, delcon, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

Bring down the connection on port 1, DLCI 32.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dncon 1.32


port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be brought down using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

Tip On PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, the port number and DLCI is found in the Port.DLCI column in the output of the dspcons and dspchans commands.

Channel Number Specify the channel number for the connection to be brought down. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.

Tip On PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, the channel number is found in the LCN column in the output of the dspcons and dspchans commands.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedownport

downportDown Port (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the downport command to deactivate a port. A port provisioned with active connections cannot be deactivated.

Tip To view the status of a port use the dspport command. A port that has been deactivated will display a PortState of Inactive.

Syntax

downport <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, delport, delports, dspport, dspports, upport, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Deactivate port 3 on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > downport 3


port_num Number of the port to be deleted. Use the dspports command to view all provisioned ports on the current FRSM or MPSM card. The range of port numbers by card type is:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256

• FRSM-HS2/B: 1 to 2 (HSSI back card)

• FRSM-HS2/B: 1 to 8 (12IN1-8S back card)




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspalm

dspalmDisplay Alarm—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspalm command to display the active alarms associated with a specific line on the current FRSM or MPSM card.


dspalm -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

dspalm <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

dspalm <-ds1|-ds3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B (MGX-12IN1-8S back card)

dspalm -x21 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B (MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card)

dspalm -hssi <LineNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralm, clralms, dspalms, xcnfalm

Attributes

Example

Display the alarm for line 2 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspalm -ds1 2 LineNum: 2 LineAlarmState: Alarm(s) On -- RcvLOS LineStatisticalAlarmState: No Statistical Alarms


LineNum Line number for the line you want to display. Use dsplns or dspds3lns to view the available lines.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspalmcnf

dspalmcnfDisplay Alarm Configuration—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspalmcnf command to display the alarm configuration for a specified line.


dspalmcnf -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

dspalmcnf <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

dspalmcnf <-ds1|-ds3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B

dspalmcnf -x21 <LineNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspalm, dspalms, dsplns, dspds3lns, xcnfalm

Attributes

Example: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Display the alarm configuration for line 1 on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 1

LineNum: 1 RedSeverity: Major RAISeverity: Minor NEAlarmUpCount: 6 NEAlarmDnCount: 1 NEAlarmThreshold: 1500 FEAlarmUpCount: 6 FEAlarmDnCount: 1 FEAlarmThreshold: 1500 StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor lCV15minThreshold: 14

LineNum Line number for the line you want to display the alarm configuration. Use the dsplns or dspds3lns command to view the available lines.





lCV24hrThreshold: 134 lES15minThreshold: 12 lES24hrThreshold: 121 lSES15minThreshold: 10 lSES24hrThreshold: 100 cRC15minThreshold: 14 cRC24hrThreshold: 134 cRCES15minThreshold: 12 cRCES24hrThreshold: 121 cRCSES15minThreshold: 10 cRCSES24hrThreshold: 100 SEFS15minThreshold: 2 SEFS24hrThreshold: 17 AISS15minThreshold: 2 AISS24hrThreshold: 17 UAS15minThreshold: 10 UAS24hrThreshold: 10


Example: FRSM-2T3, FRSM-2CT3 (DS3)

Display the ds3 alarm configuration for line 1 on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspalmcnf -ds3 1

LineNum: 1 RedSeverity: Major RAISeverity: Minor NEAlarmUpCount: 3 NEAlarmDnCount: 2 NEAlarmThreshold: 300 FEAlarmUpCount: 3 FEAlarmDnCount: 2 FEAlarmThreshold: 300 StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor LCV15minThreshold: 3870 LCV24hrThreshold: 38650 LES15minThreshold: 86 LES24hrThreshold: 864 LSES15minThreshold: 4 LSES24hrThreshold: 40 PCV15minThreshold: 382 PCV24hrThreshold: 3820 PES15minThreshold: 86 PES24hrThreshold: 864 PSES15minThreshold: 4 PSES24hrThreshold: 40 CCV15minThreshold: 382 CCV24hrThreshold: 3820 CES15minThreshhold: 86 CES24hrThreshold: 864 CSES15minThreshold: 4 CSES24hrThreshold: 40 SEFS15minThreshold: 120 SEFS24hrThreshold: 1200 AISS15minThreshold: 120 AISS24hrThreshold: 1200 UAS15minThreshold: 120 UAS24hrThreshold: 1200

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >




Example: FRSM-2E3

Display the alarm configuration for line 1 on the current FRSM-2E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.12.VHS2E3.a > dspalmcnf -e3 1

LineNum: 1 RedSeverity: Major RAISeverity: Minor NEAlarmUpCount: 3 NEAlarmDnCount: 2 NEAlarmThreshold: 300 FEAlarmUpCount: 3 FEAlarmDnCount: 2 FEAlarmThreshold: 300 StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor LCV15minThreshold: 3870 LCV24hrThreshold: 38650 LES15minThreshold: 86 LES24hrThreshold: 864 LSES15minThreshold: 4 LSES24hrThreshold: 40 SEFS15minThreshold: 120 SEFS24hrThreshold: 1200 AISS15minThreshold: 120 AISS24hrThreshold: 1200 UAS15minThreshold: 120 UAS24hrThreshold: 1200


Example: FRSM-2CT3 (DS1)

Display the ds1 alarm configuration for line 1 on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 1

LineNum: 1 RedSeverity: Major RAISeverity: Minor NEAlarmUpCount: 6 NEAlarmDnCount: 1 NEAlarmThreshold: 1500 FEAlarmUpCount: 6 FEAlarmDnCount: 1 FEAlarmThreshold: 1500 StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor cRC15minThreshold: 14 cRC24hrThreshold: 134 cRCES15minThreshold: 12 cRCES24hrThreshold: 121 cRCSES15minThreshold: 10 cRCSES24hrThreshold: 100 SEFS15minThreshold: 2 SEFS24hrThreshold: 17 AISS15minThreshold: 2 AISS24hrThreshold: 17 UAS15minThreshold: 10 UAS24hrThreshold: 10

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >




Example: FRSM-HS2/B

Display the alarm configuration for line 1 on the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspalmcnf -x21 1

Severity Line Red ---- ----- 11.1 Major




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspalmcnt

dspalmcntDisplay Alarm Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the dspalmcnt command to display the alarm counters for a line on the current FRSM or MPSM card. The alarm counters indicate how many times each type of active alarm has occurred since the counters were last reset.


dspalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

dspalmcnt <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

dspalmcnt <-ds1|-ds3>- <LineNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralmcnt, xcnfalm, xcnfalmcnt

Attributes


Display the alarm counters for line 1 on the current FRSM-8T1-C card.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspalmcnt -ds1 1

LineNum: 1 lCVCurrent: 0 lCVLast15minBucket: 0 lCVLast24hrBucket: 0 lESCurrent: 0 lESLast15minBucket: 0 lESLast24hrBucket: 0 lSESCurrent: 0 lSESLast15minBucket: 0 lSESLast24hrBucket: 0 cRCCurrent: 0 cRCLast15minBucket: 0 cRCLast24hrBucket: 0

LineNum Line number for the line for which you want to display the alarm counters. Use the dsplns or dspds3lns command to view the available lines.





cRCESCurrent: 0 cRCESLast15minBucket: 0 cRCESLast24hrBucket: 0 cRCSESCurrent: 0 cRCSESLast15minBucket: 0 cRCSESLast24hrBucket: 0 sEFSCurrent: 0 sEFSLast15minBucket: 0 sEFSLast24hrBucket: 0 aISSCurrent: 0 aISSLast15minBucket: 0 aISSLast24hrBucket: 0 uASCurrent: 0 uASLast15minBucket: 0 uASLast24hrBucket: 0 percentEFS: 100 RcvLOSCount: 0 RcvOOFCount: 0 RcvRAICount: 0 RcvFECount: 0


Example: FRSM-2T3, FRSM-2CT3 (DS3)

Display the ds3 alarm counters for line 1 on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspalmcnt -ds3 1

LineNum: 1 LCVCurrent: 0 LCVLast15minBucket: 0 LCVLast24hrBucket: 0 LESCurrent: 0 LESLast15minBucket: 0 LESLast24hrBucket: 0 LSESCurrent: 0 LSESLast15minBucket: 0 LSESLast24hrBucket: 0 PCVCurrent: 0 PCVLast15minBucket: 0 PCVLast24hrBucket: 0 PESCurrent: 0 PESLast15minBucket: 0 PESLast24hrBucket: 0 PSESCurrent: 0 PSESLast15minBucket: 0 PSESLast24hrBucket: 0 CCVCurrent: 0 CCVLast15minBucket: 0 CCVLast24hrBucket: 0 CESCurrent: 0 CESLast15minBucket: 0 CESLast24hrBucket: 0 CSESCurrent: 0 CSESLast15minBucket: 0 CSESLast24hrBucket: 0 SEFSCurrent: 0 SEFSLast15minBucket: 0 SEFSLast24hrBucket: 0 AISSCurrent: 0 AISSLast15minBucket: 0




AISSLast24hrBucket: 0 UASCurrent: 0 UASLast15minBucket: 0 UASLast24hrBucket: 0 PercentEFS: 100 RcvLOSCount: 0 RcvOOFCount: 0 RcvRAICount: 0 RcvCCVCount: 0 RcvFECount: 0

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >

Example: FRSM-2E3

Display the alarm counters for line 1 on the current FRSM-2E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.12.VHS2E3.a > dspalmcnt -e3 1

LineNum: 1 LCVCurrent: 0 LCVLast15minBucket: 0 LCVLast24hrBucket: 0 LESCurrent: 0 LESLast15minBucket: 0 LESLast24hrBucket: 0 LSESCurrent: 0 LSESLast15minBucket: 0 LSESLast24hrBucket: 0 SEFSCurrent: 0 SEFSLast15minBucket: 0 SEFSLast24hrBucket: 0 AISSCurrent: 0 AISSLast15minBucket: 0 AISSLast24hrBucket: 0 UASCurrent: 15 UASLast15minBucket: 0 UASLast24hrBucket: 0 PercentEFS: 100 RcvLOSCount: 1 RcvOOFCount: 1 RcvRAICount: 0 RcvCCVCount: 0 RcvFECount: 0


Example: FRSM-2CT3 (DS1)

Display the ds1 alarm counters for line 1 on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspalmcnt -ds1 1

LineNum: 1 cRCCurrent: 0 cRCLast15minBucket: 0 cRCLast24hrBucket: 4 cRCESCurrent: 0 cRCESLast15minBucket: 0 cRCESLast24hrBucket: 2




cRCSESCurrent: 0 cRCSESLast15minBucket: 0 cRCSESLast24hrBucket: 0 sEFSCurrent: 0 sEFSLast15minBucket: 0 sEFSLast24hrBucket: 1 aISSCurrent: 0 aISSLast15minBucket: 0 aISSLast24hrBucket: 0 uASCurrent: 0 uASLast15minBucket: 0 uASLast24hrBucket: 0 RcvLOSCount: 0 RcvOOFCount: 1 RcvRAICount: 0 RcvFECount: 2

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspalms

dspalmsDisplay Alarms—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspalms command to display a summary of the active line alarms on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspalms -<lineType>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clralm, clralms, dspalm, xcnfalm

Attributes

Example

Display the line alarms on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspalms -ds1

Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState ---- ----------- --------------------- 30.2 Alarm(s) On No Statistical Alarms 30.3 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 30.4 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 30.5 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 30.6 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 30.7 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 30.8 Alarm(s) On No Statistical Alarms


lineType Specify the line type on the current FRSM card you want to display.

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM = ds1

• FRSM-2T3E3 = ds3 or e3

• FRSM-2CT3 = ds3 or ds1

• FRSM-HS2/B = x21




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspbert

dspbertDisplay Bit Error Rate Testing—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the dspbert command to view the parameters configured with the cnfbert command and to view the status of the current Bit Error Rate Test (BERT).

Syntax

dspbert <ifNumber>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrbertstats, cnfbert, delbert, dspbertstats, insbiterror, startbert, stopbert

Attributes

Example

Display the Bit Error Rate Test configured on line 1 of the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 28.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspbert 1.0

Interface Number : 1.0 Loopback Code : LineInBand Pattern : TwoE7MinusOne ErrorInsertRate : OneInTenThousand Start Date/Time : Not Started Operational Status : Out Of Sync


ifNumber Specify the interface number to be viewed using the format line.port.








Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspbertstats

dspbertstatsDisplay Bit Error Rate Testing Statistics—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the dspbertstats command to view statistics for the Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) configured on the current card. This command can be used to view changing statistics while the Bit Error Rate Test is running or it can be used after testing has stopped to view the total statistics accumulated during the test period.

Syntax

dspbertstats <ifNumber>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrbertstats, cnfbert, delbert, dspbert, insbiterror, startbert, stopbert

Attributes

Example

Display the statistics for a Bit Error Rate Test running on line 1 of the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 28.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspbertstats 1.0



ifNumber Specify the interface number on which to view BERT statistics using the format line.port.








Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspbufoverflow

dspbufoverflowDisplay Buffer Overflow—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspbufoverflow command to display the value of the FRSM data receive buffer overflow.

Note This command is not supported by the MPSM-8T1-FRM and MPSM-8E1-FRM cards.

Syntax

dspbufoverflow

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display the FRSM data receive buffer overflow.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspbufoverflow

Data Receive Buffer Overflow: 0x00000000





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspcd

dspcdDisplay Card—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcd command to display information regarding the hardware, software, and operational status of the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspcd

Tip You can also display card information by entering the dspcd command on the PXM1E or PXM45 with the appropriate slot number. For example: dspcd 30. The command report that appears is different from the report that appears when you enter the dspcd command on the FRSM or MPSM card. The dspcd <slot_num> command on the PXM1 supports only the SRM card in slots 15, 16, 31, and 32.

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

version

Attributes


Display information for the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspcd

ModuleSlotNumber: 28 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: MPSM-8T1-FRM FunctionModuleSerialNum: SAG07208RRA FunctionModuleHWRev: 02 FunctionModuleFWRev: 030.000.001.077-A FunctionModuleResetReason: Software Error LineModuleType: ? LineModuleState: Not Present mibVersionNumber: 100 configChangeTypeBitMap: No changes cardIntegratedAlarm: Minor cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure

Front Card Info

PCB PART NO-(800 LEVEL): 800-22480-04 PCB PART_NO-(73 LEVEL): 73-8466-04





PCB REVISION (800 LEVEL): PCB SERIAL NO: SAG07208RRA CLEI CODE: 0 MANUFACTURING ENG: 0x0 RMA TEST HISTORY: 0x0 Back Card Info

PCB PART NO-(800 LEVEL): ?? PCB PART NO-(73 LEVEL): ?? PCB REVISION (800 LEVEL): ?? FAB PART NO-(28 LEVEL): ?? PCB SERIAL NO: ?? CLEI CODE: ?? MANUFACTURING ENG: ?? RMA HISTORY: ?? M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a >

Display information for the current MPSM card from the active PXM45.

M8850_SF.7.PXM.a > dspcd 28M8850_SF System Rev: 04.09 Dec. 20, 2003 05:09:17 GMTMGX8850 Node Alarm: CRITICALSlot Number: 28 Redundant Slot: NONE

Front Card Back Card ---------- ---------Inserted Card: MPSM-8T1-FRM --- Reserved Card: MPSM-8T1-FRM UnReserved State: Active Empty Serial Number: SAG07208RRA --- Prim SW Rev: 30.0(1.77)A --- Sec SW Rev: 30.0(1.77)A --- Cur SW Rev: 30.0(1.77)A --- Boot FW Rev: 30.0(1.77)A --- 800-level Rev: 02 --- 800-level Part#: 800-22480-04 --- CLEI Code: 0 --- Reset Reason: On Software ErrorCard Alarm: MINOR Failed Reason: None Miscellaneous Information:Crossbar Slot Status: No Crossbar

Alarm Causes------------ Channel : ALARM

Backcard Mismatch/Failed Reasons---------------------------------

Upper Card ---------- NO MISMATCH

Lower Card ---------- NO MISMATCH

M8850_SF.7.PXM.a >





Display information for the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspcd

ModuleSlotNumber: 11 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: FRSM-HS2B-12IN1 FunctionModuleSerialNum: SAG06102ACC FunctionModuleHWRev: ex FunctionModuleFWRev: 021.000.001.095-A FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by PXM LineModuleType: LM-12in1-8s LineModuleState: Present mibVersionNumber: 83 configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear

Front Card Info

pcb part no-(800 level): 800-17066-01 pcb part no-(73 level): 73-06948-01 pcb revision (800 level): A0 fab par no-(28 level): 28-05059-01 pcb serial no: SAG06102ACC clei code: BAA29X0AAA manufacturing eng: 0x0 rma test history1: 0x0 rma test history2: 0x0 rma history: 0x0 platform features: 0x0 self test result: 0x0

Back Card Info

pcb part no-(800 level): 800-18302-01 pcb part no-(73 level): 73-07236-01 pcb revision (800 level): A0 fab par no-(28 level): 28-05278-01 pcb serial no: SAG06132KNH clei code: BA2AFG0CAA manufacturing eng: 0x0 rma test history1: 0x0 rma test history2: 0x0 rma history: 0x0 PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspcderrs

dspcderrsDisplay Hardware Errors in BRAM—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcderrs command to display card-related errors on a FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspcderrs

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrcderrs

Attributes

Example

Display any card errors for the current FRSM card. No response messages appear on screen when there are no errors on the FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspcderrs


Display any card errors for the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspcderrs

No event log messages





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspcdparms

dspcdparmsDisplay Card Parameters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcdparms command to display parameters configured on the current card.

Syntax

dspcdparms

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfcdparms



Example

Display the parameters configured on the current card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspcdparmsCARD CONFIGURATION OPTIONSOpt# Value Type Description---- ----- ---- -----------1 No Boolean Send Old Config Change Trap





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspcdprtntype

dspcdprtntypeDisplay Card Partition Type (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcdprtntype command to display the LCN partition type configured on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspcdprtntype

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfcdprtntype



Example

Display the LCN partition type configured on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspcdprtntype

cardLcnPartitionType: port controller based






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspcdrscprtn

dspcdrscprtnDisplay Card Resource Partition (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcdrscprtn command to view the card-level resources allocated to each resource partition configured on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspcdrscprtn

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addcdrscprtn, cnfcdrscprtn, delcdrscprtn




Display the number of LCNs available for each of the resource partitions configured on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspcdrscprtn

User NumOfLcnAvail------ ------------- PAR 1000 PNNI 1000 TAG 1000






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspcdrscprtn


Display the number of LCNs available for each of the resource partitions configured on the current FRSM card.

M8850_R1.1.19.FRSM.a > dspcdrscprtn

User Status NumOfLcnAvail ------ ------ ------------- PAR Add 1000 PNNI Add 1000 TAG Add 1000

M8850_R1.1.19.FRSM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspchan

dspchanDisplay Connection Using Channel Number—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchan command to display configuration and operation data for connection. This command produces the same report as the dspcon command, but you can specify the connection using the channel number instead of using the port and DLCI numbers.

Syntax

dspchan <chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchans, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example: PXM1E, PXM45

Display the connection information for channel 16 on the current FRSM card

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspchan 16

------------------------------------------------------ ChanNum: 16 RowStatus: Add AdmnState: Up ChanState: Ok ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- PORT-ALARM CTRLR-ABIT E-AIS/RDI LMI-ABIT RAS FAIL ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NO NO NO NO NO ------------------------------------------------------

ChanNum: 16 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanAdminStatus: Up ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 16 EgressQSelect: n/a chanServType: CBR

chan_num Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.






IngressQDepth: 65535 bytes IngressQDEThresh: 32767 bytes IngressQECNThresh: 6553 bytes EgressQDepth: 65535 bytes EgressQDEThresh: 32767 bytes EgressQECNThresh: 6553 bytes DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 1536000 bps Bc: 5100 bytes Be: 5100 bytes IBS: 100 bytes ICR: 10 cps MCR: 10 cps PCR: 10 cps RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: Passed ChanRTDresult: 1 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: SPVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 1536000 bps ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Do not apply CAC ChanLocalVpi: 9 ChanLocalVci: 35 ChanLocalNSAP: 47009181000000000164444b61000001074b0100 ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR1 ChanRoutingPriority: 8 ChanPreferredRouteId: 0 ChanDirectedRoute: No ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 5760 cps ChanConnSCR: 5760 cps ChanConnMCR: 10 cps ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanConnRemotePCR: 5760 cps ChanConnRemoteSCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemoteMCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemotePercentUtil:100 ChanServiceTypeOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 4000 cps




ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps Channel Reroute False RemoteConnMBS: 1024 cells

ChanNumNextAvailable: 17

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >

Example: PXM1

Display the connection information for channel 16 on the current FRSM card

M8850_R1.1.18.FRSM.a > dspchan 16

ChanNum: 16 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 0 EgressQSelect: Lo ChanServType: NotConf IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 1536000 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ForeSightEnable: Disabled QIR: 4000 MIR: 4000 PIR: 4000 ICR: 0 MCR: 0 PCR: 0 RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: PVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 1536000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 0 ChanLocalNSAP: 4d383835305f5231000000000000000012000100




ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: ATFR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 4000 cps ChanConnMCR: 4000 cps ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanServiceRateOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 4000 cps ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps


M8850_R1.1.18.FRSM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspchancnt

dspchancntDisplay Channel Statistics Count—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchancnt command to display detailed historical statistics for an ATM connection. Use this command to view the traffic being processed on a specific connection. Because the statistics are historical, you might want to clear them using the clrchancnt or clrchancnts command before beginning your testing or troubleshooting.

In the command output, the transmit (Tx) direction is from the ATM network and service module towards the CPE. The receive (Rx) direction is from the CPE towards the service module and ATM network.

Syntax

dspchancnt <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, clrchancnt, clrchancnts, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xclrchancnt, xcnfchan, xdspchancnt

Attributes

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be displayed using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


Channel Number Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspchancnt

Example

Display the statistics for channel 16.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspchancnt 16

ChanNum: 16 ChanState: okay ChanUpTime: 1216657

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Sending A=1 Off ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 Frames Discarded: 0 0 Bytes Discarded: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 BytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspchanmap

dspchanmapDisplay Channel Map—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchanmap command to view the interworking selection, congestion (FECN), and priority (DE,CLP) mapping configuration between the Frame Relay frames and ATM cells for a channel.

Syntax

dspchanmap <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanmap

Attributes

Example

Display the channel mapping for the connection using port 5, DLCI 36.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspchanmap 5.36

chanNum chanType FECNmap DEmap CLPmap ------------- -------- ------- ------ ------ 35 NIW setEFCIzero mapCLP mapDE


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be displayed using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspchans

dspchansDisplay Channels—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchans command to display a summary of all the connections on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspchans

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addcon, cnfcon, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes


Display the connections on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspchans

LCN Port.DLCI VPI.VCI Class Type M/S CIR DE EgrQ Admin Alarm ---- --------- ------- ------ ----- --- -------- --- ---- ----- ----- 0016 001.0016 28.0035 CBR NIW S 1536000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0017 002.0017 28.0036 CBR NIW S 64000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0018 026.0018 28.0037 CBR NIW S 64000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0019 026.0019 28.0038 CBR NIW S 64000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0041 026.0041 28.0060 CBR NIW S 64000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT

Number of channels: 5






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspchans

Example: PXM1

Display all connections configured on the current MPSM card. Connection information found in the DLCI column is in the format Slot.Line.Port.DLCI.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspchans

DLCI Chan EQ ServType I/EQDepth I/EQDEThre I/EECNThre Fst/ DE Type LocRmtLpbk Alarm ------------- ---- -- -------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- --- ----- ---------- ----- 22.1.1.16 18 Lo NotConf 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Disabled Yes 22.3.2.17 19 Lo NotConf 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Disabled Yes






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspchanstdabr

dspchanstdabrDisplay Channel Standard ABR Parameters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchanstdabr command to display ABR parameters for a specific channel on a FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspchanstdabr <Port.DLCI|CHAN_NUM>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfportstdabrctrl, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchans, dspcons, dspfeature, dspstdabrctrl

Attributes



CHAN_NUM Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspchanstdabr

Example

Display the Standard ABR parameters configured on channel 42 on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspchanstdabr 42

ChanNum: 42 MCR: 240 cps PCR: 240 cps ICR: 240 cps RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspchantrapenbl

dspchantrapenblDisplay Channel Trap Enable (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspchantrapenbl command to view the status of channel traps on FRSM and MPSM cards.

Syntax

dspchantrapenbl

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfchantrapenbl

Attributes

Example

Display the status of channel traps on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspchantrapenbl

Channel Traps: DISABLED





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspchstats

dspchstatsDisplay Channel Statistics—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3

Use the dspchstats command to view current statistics associated with a specific channel.

Syntax

dspchstats <line>.<1stDS0>.<DLCI>

Syntax Description

line Line number associated with the channel you want to view the statistics. To find the line number, first use the dspcons or dspchans command to identify the port associated with the channel you would like to view the statistics. Then use the dspports command to identify the line associated with that port on the current FRSM or MPSM card. The line number can be found in the Port column in the format Slot.Line.Port in the output of the dspports command. The lines available by card type are:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM: Range 1–8

• FRSM-2CT3: Range 1-56

Tip On PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, the port number is found in the Port.DLCI column in the output of the dspcons and dspchans commands. On the PXM1 platform, the port number is found in the ConnID column in the format Nodename.Slot.Port.0.DLCI in the output of the dspcons command, and in the DLCI column in the format Slot.Line.Port.DLCI in the output of the dspchans command.




Related Commands

dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, dspport, dspports, dspportstats

Attributes

Example

On the current MPSM card, display channel statistics for the connection on line 2, port 4 (which starts on the 7th DS0 of the channelized T1), with a DLCI of 19. In the output of this command, LineNum is the physical line on the service module on which the logical port is provisioned. PhysicalPortNum is the starting DS0 timeslot of the logical port. LogicalPortNum is the logical port number associated with the connection.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspchstats 2.7.19

LineNum: 2 PhysicalPortNum: 7 LogicalPortNum: 4 DLCI: 19

ChanNum: 45 ChanState: failed ChanUpTime: 3

1stDS0 Timeslot of the first DS0 of the provisioned Frame Relay port associated with the channel in the range appropriate for the interface. To find the value of the first DSO, use the dspport command with the value of the port associated with the channel. The value can be found at the output of the PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0) entry. The range of timeslots available by interface type are:

• T1 range: 1–24

• E1 range (with CAS line signaling): 2–16, 18-32

• E1 range (with CCS line signaling): 2-32

• E1 range (with CLEAR line signaling): 1

Tip The non-channelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards support only one port per line. Therefore, you should enter 1 (for the FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 with CLEAR signaling) or 2 (for the FRSM-8E1 with CAS or CCS signaling) for the first DS0.

DLCI DLCI of the channel for which the statistics are to be displayed. Use dspcons or dspchans to view the DLCI value for a logical channel number (LCN).

Tip On PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, the DLCI is found in the Port.DLCI column in the output of the dspcons and dspchans commands. On the PXM1 platform, the DLCI is found in the ConnID column in the format Nodename.Slot.Port.0.DLCI in the output of the dspcons command, and in the DLCI column in the format Slot.Line.Port.DLCI in the output of the dspchans command.





Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Sending A=0 Off ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 Frames Discarded: 0 0 Bytes Discarded: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 BytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspcon

dspconDisplay Connection—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcon command to display configuration and operation data for connection.

Syntax

dspcon <Port.DLCI>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, delchan, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes


Display the connection on port 1, DLCI 16.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspcon 1.16

-------------------------------------------------------- ChanNum: 16 RowStatus: Mod AdmnState: Up ChanState: Failed ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- PORT-ALARM CTRLR-ABIT E-AIS/RDI LMI-ABIT RAS FAIL ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NO YES NO NO NO ------------------------------------------------------

ChanNum: 16 ChanRowStatus: Mod ConnAdminStatus: Up ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 16 EgressQSelect: Hi







ChanServType: CBR IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 1536000 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ICR: 0 MCR: 0 PCR: 0 RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Enabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: SPVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 1536000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Do not apply CAC ChanLocalVpi: 28 ChanLocalVci: 35 ChanLocalNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR1 ChanRoutingPriority: 8 ChanPreferredRouteId: 0 ChanDirectedRoute: No ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 5760 ChanConnSCR: 5760 ChanConnMCR: 10 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanConnRemotePCR: 5760 cps ChanConnRemoteSCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemoteMCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemotePercentUtil:100 ChanServiceRateOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 4000 cps




ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps ChanReRoute: False RemoteConnMBS: 1024 cells



Example: PXM1

Display the connection on port 1, DLCI 16.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspcon 1.16

ChanNum: 18 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 16 EgressQSelect: Lo ChanServType: NotConf IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 1536000 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ForeSightEnable: Disabled QIR: 4000 MIR: 4000 PIR: 4000 ICR: 0 MCR: 0 PCR: 0 RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: PVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 1536000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Disabled ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 16 ChanLocalNSAP: 4d383235305f534a000000000000000016000100 ChanRemoteVpi: 0




ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: ATFR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 4000 cps ChanConnMCR: 4000 cps ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanServiceRateOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 4000 cps ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspcons

dspconsDisplay Connections—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspcons command to display a summary of all the connections on the current FRSM or MPSM card. There are no required parameters for this command. The command options allow you to customize the report the command displays.


dspcons [-h] [-chn <ChanNum>] [-pt <PortNum>] [-dlci <DLCI>] [-locvpi <localVpi>]

[-locvci <localVci>] [-sertp <ChanServType>] [-cntp <chantype>] [-master <masterShip>] [-cir <CIR>]

[-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-eqsel <EgressQSelect>] [-admin <ConnAdminStatus>]

[-alarm <ConnAlarmStatus>]

Syntax: PXM1

dspcons [-h] [-rmtlb <Enabled|Disabled>]

Syntax Description

Note The Flags can be preceded by "no" to negate the user value. For example, the same output would be given by entering both of the following commands at the CLI: dspcons -admin Up, and dspcons -noadmin Down.

-h Display the list of command options.

-chn Channel number. Use this option to limit the display to a specific channel. To view the configured channel numbers, use the dspcons command without any options. Range of channels by card type:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 16-1015

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 16-2015

• FRSM-2CT3 = 16-4015



Tip On PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, the channel number is found in the LCN column in the output of the dspcons command. On the PXM1 platform, the channel number is found in the Chan column in the output of the dspcons command.




-pt Port number. This option limits the display to the connections on the specified port. To view the configured ports, use the dspports command. Port numbers by card type are in the following ranges:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256



-dlci DLCI number. Use this option to limit the display to a specific DLCI number. To view the configured DLCI numbers, use the dspcons command without any options.



Tip On PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, the DLCI is found in the Port.DLCI column in the output of the dspcons command. On the PXM1 platform, the DLCI is found in the ConnID column in the format Nodename.Slot.Port.0.DLCI in the output of the dspcons command.

-locvpi Local VPI number. This option limits the display to the connections that use the specified local VPI number. To view the configured VPI numbers, use the dspcons command without any options. Range is 1-65536.

-locvci Local VCI number. This option limits the display to the connections that use the specified local VCI number. To view the configured VCI numbers, use the dspcons command without any options. Range is 1-65536.

-sertp Channel service type. Use this option to limit the display to connections that use a particular ATM service type. To select the service type, enter the option with one of the following keywords:

• CBR

• rtVBR

• nrtVBR

• fstABR

• UBR

• stdABR




-cntp Channel type. Use this option to limit the display to connections that use a specific channel type. To select the channel type, enter the option with one of the following keywords:


– NIW = Frame Relay to ATM network interworking (FRF.5—default)

– SIW-trsp = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) transparent (FRF.8.1, no protocol ID translation)

– SIW-Xlat = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) translational (FRF.8.1, protocol ID translation)

– FUNI-mode-1a = ATM Forum FUNI mode 1A

– frForward = Frame forwarding (no translation or mapping of header contents, CRC evaluated)


– NIW = Frame Relay to ATM network interworking (FRF.5—default)

– SIW-trsp = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) transparent (FRF.8, no protocol ID translation)

– SIW-Xlat = Frame Relay to ATM service interworking (SIW) translational (FRF.8, protocol ID translation)

– FUNI-mode-1a = ATM Forum FUNI mode 1A

– frForward = Frame forwarding (no translation or mapping of header contents, CRC evaluated)

-master Mastership. This option allows you to limit the display to connections for which the local endpoint is either a master endpoint or a slave endpoint. To use this option, enter either -master Master or -master Slave.

-cir Committed information rate (CIR) in bps. This option limits the displayed connections to those that are configured for the CIR value you enter with this option. The CIR by card type is in the following ranges:



• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000



-detag DE tagging. Use this option to limit the display to those connections that either have DE tagging enabled or to those that have DE tagging disabled. To use this option, enter either -detag Enabled or -detag Disabled.

-eqsel Egress queue select. Use this option to limit the display to those connections that either use the high priority egress queue or to those that use the low priority egress queue. To use this option, enter either -eqsel Hi or -eqsel Lo.




Related Commands

addcon, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delchans, delcon, dncon, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes


Display the connections on the current MPSM card in the standard format (with no command options).

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspcons

LCN Port.DLCI VPI.VCI Class Type M/S CIR DE EgrQ Admin Alarm ---- --------- ------- ------ ----- --- -------- --- ---- ----- ----- 0016 001.0016 28.0035 CBR NIW S 1536000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0043 002.0017 28.0036 CBR NIW S 128000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0044 003.0018 28.0037 CBR NIW S 256000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0045 004.0019 28.0038 CBR NIW S 256000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT




-admin Administrative status. Use this option to limit the display to those connections that are administratively up or administratively down. To use this option, enter either -admin Up or -admin Down.

-alarm Alarm type. Use this option to limit the display to connections that meet a specific alarm condition. To select the alarm condition, enter the option with one of the following keywords:

• OK

• PORT-ALARM

• CTRLR-ABIT

• E-AIS

• RDI

• LMI-ABIT

• RAS FAIL

-rmtlb Local Remote Loopback. Use this option to limit the display to those connections that either have Local Remote Loopback enabled or disabled. To use this option, enter either -rmtlb Enabled or -rmtlb Disabled.

Note This option is supported only on the PXM1.





Example: PXM1

Display the connections on the current MPSM card in the standard format (with no command options).

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspcons

Line ConnId Chan EQ ServType I/EQDepth I/EQDEThre I/EECNThre Fst/ DE Type LocRmtLpbk Alarm --- ------------------- ---- -- -------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- --- ----- --------- ------ 1 M8250_SJ.22.1.0.16 18 Lo NotConf 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Disabled Yes 3 M8250_SJ.22.2.0.17 19 Lo NotConf 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Disabled Yes





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspdiagresults

dspdiagresultsDisplay Diagnostic Results—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Enter the dspdiagresults command to display the results of diagnostic tests configured for the current card.

Syntax

dspdiagresults

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, clrslftst, cnfdiagtest, cnfslftst, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, pausediag, resumediag, rundiagtest, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Display the results of the diagnostics tests that were enabled on the current card.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspdiagresults

Online Diagnostic tests RUNNING. ID Name Enable Attempts FailCnt Result -- ------------------------------ ------- -------- ------- ------- 1 Boot Checksum Yes 1 0 Pass 2 Front card NVRAM Checksum Yes 1 0 Pass 3 CPU Performance Monitor Yes 185 0 Pass 4 NP Performance Monitor Yes 185 0 Pass 5 SLFP Access Yes 185 0 Pass 6 MPCTL Access Yes 185 0 Pass 7 FRAMER Access Yes 185 0 Pass 8 LDRAM Memory Availability Yes 185 0 Pass 9 Host Memory Availability Yes 31 0 Pass 10 Packet Memory Availability Yes 31 0 Pass 11 Internal Memory Availability Yes 31 0 Pass 12 Parameter Memory Availability Yes 31 0 Pass 13 Host Memory Access Yes 921 0 Pass 14 Packet Memory Access Yes 185 0 Pass 15 Parameter Memory Access Yes 185 0 Pass 16 MPCTL Error Monitor Yes 185 0 Pass 17 NP Error Monitor Yes 185 0 Pass




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspdiagresults

18 NP Health Check Yes 185 0 Pass 19 MPCTL Loopback Yes 921 0 Pass 20 PXM Data Path Loopback Test Yes 921 0 Pass 21 NP TDM Loopback Test No 0 0 N/A 22 SLFP TDM Loopback Test No 0 0 N/A 23 Framer Loopback Test No 0 0 N/A



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspdiagtests

dspdiagtestsDisplay Diagnostic Tests—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Enter the dspdiagtests command to view the complete list of available online diagnostic tests configured on the current MPSM card. Using this command with the Test ID number option will give detailed information about a specific online diagnostic test.

Syntax

dspdiagtests [<TestId>]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, clrslftst, cnfdiagtest, cnfslftst, dspdiagresults, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, pausediag, resumediag, rundiagtest, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Display the list of available diagnostic tests configured on the MPSM-8T1-FRM in slot 28.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspdiagtests

ID Name Enable Role StartTOD Period Iteratns -- ---------------------------- ------- ------ -------- ------ -------- 1 Boot Checksum No Active NOW 1440 FOREVER 2 Front card NVRAM Checksum No Active NOW 1440 FOREVER 3 CPU Performance Monitor No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 4 NP Performance Monitor No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 5 SLFP Access No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 6 MPCTL Access No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 7 FRAMER Access No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 8 LDRAM Memory Availability No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 9 Host Memory Availability No Active NOW 30 FOREVER 10 Packet Memory Availability No Active NOW 30 FOREVER 11 Internal Memory Availability No Active NOW 30 FOREVER 12 Parameter Memory Availability No Active NOW 30 FOREVER 13 Host Memory Access No Active NOW 1 FOREVER 14 Packet Memory Access No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 15 Parameter Memory Access No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 16 MPCTL Error Monitor No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 17 NP Error Monitor No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 18 NP Health Check No Active NOW 5 FOREVER 19 MPCTL Loopback No Active NOW 1 FOREVER

TestId Using this option will give detailed information about each individual diagnostic test. Enter the dspdiagtests command to view the diagnostic tests available and the associated test ID numbers.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspdiagtests

20 PXM Data Path Loopback Test No Active NOW 1 FOREVER 21 NP TDM Loopback Test No Active NOW 30 FOREVER 22 SLFP TDM Loopback Test No Active NOW 30 FOREVER 23 Framer Loopback Test No Active NOW 30 FOREVER

Online Diagnostic tests RUNNING. M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a >

Display detailed information about online diagnostic test 12 on the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 6.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspdiagtests 12

Test Name: Parameter Memory AvailabilityFunction: Monitors the available Parameter memory. Input Parameters: Threshold for available memory: 0 - 100% NP ID: 0 for MPSM-8T1E1, 0/1/2(Both NP) for MPSM-16T1E1Alarm Raised on Failure: MajorRecovery Action: N.ARole: Active Enable: YesStartTOD: NOWPeriod: 30Iterations: FOREVERConfigured Parameters: 15, 0




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspds3ln

dspds3lnDisplay DS3 Line—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the dspds3ln command to view the characteristics of a specified physical line.

Syntax

dspds3ln <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3lns, dspln dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example

Display information on line 1 of the current FRSM-2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > dspds3ln 1

LineNum: 1 LineEnable: Enabled LineType: c-bit LineCoding: dsx3B3ZS LineLength: LT225ft LineOOFCriteria: 3 out of 8 LineAIScBitsCheck: Ignore C-bits LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineRcvFEACValidation: 4 out of 5 FEAC codes LineXmitClockSource: localClk LineEqualizer: internal equalizer

LineNumOfValidEntries: 2


line_num Line number for the line you want to display. Use the dspds3lns command to view the available lines.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspds3lns

dspds3lnsDisplay Ds3 Lines—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the dspds3lns command to view the configuration for all lines on the current card.

Syntax

dspds3lns

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspln, dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example

Display the lines on the current FRSM-2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > dspds3lns

Line Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Source Alarm ---- ---- ------ ------ ------- -------- ----- ----- 4.1 c-bit Enable/dsx3B3ZS LT225ft localClk Yes Yes 4.2 c-bit Disabl/dsx3B3ZS LT225ft localClk






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspdsx3bert

dspdsx3bertDisplay DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the dspdsx3bert command to view the parameters and results of the current BERT session.

Syntax

dspdsx3bert

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Display the current BERT results.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > dspdsx3bert

Bert Control: Start dsx3Bert Bert Resource Status State: In Use Bert Owner: CLI Bert Status: In Sync Bert Test Medium: Line Line Number : 1 Bert Mode : bertPatternTest Bert Pattern : allZeros Start time (secs.) 16:26:39 Start Date 05/21/02 Bit uppercount: 6 Bit lowercount: 280120231 Bit Error uppercount 0 Bit Error lowercount 0 Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled Error Insertion count: 0





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspegrq

dspegrqDisplay Egress Queue Parameters—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspegrq command to view the egress queue parameters for a specific port.

Syntax

dspegrq <port_num> <serv_type>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspports, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes


serv_type Select the service type to view:

• Weighted fair queue, high Priority Queue = 1

• Weighted fair queue, rtVBR Queue = 2

• Weighted fair queue, nrtVBR Queue and ABR Queue = 3

• Weighted fair queue, UBR Queue = 4

• Ratio based queue, high Priority Queue = 1

• Ratio based queue, low Priority Queue = 2

Tip Depending upon which egress port servicing algorithm was configured with the cnfegrservtype command, choose either the weighted fair queue service types or the ratio based queue service types. Use the dspegrservtype command to display the current egress port servicing algorithm configured on the current FRSM card.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspegrq

Example

Display port egress queue parameters for port 1, service 1.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspegrq 1 1

ServicePortNum: 1 Serv Type: 1 Queue Depth: 65535 Queue ECN Threshold: 6553 Queue DE Threshold: 32767 Max Bandwidth Increment: 0 portBytesDiscXceedQueFull: 0 portBytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspegrqs

dspegrqsDisplay Egress Queue Parameters—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspegrqs command to view the egress queue parameters for all the ports on the current FRSM card. Use the dspegrservtype command to view the current egress port servicing algorithm configured on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

dspegrqs <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspegrq, dspegrservtype, dspm32eqthresh, dspports, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

Display egress queue parameters for port 1.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspegrqs 1

PortNum ServType Q Depth Q-ECN-Thres Q-DE-Thres BandWidth-Inc ------- -------- ------- ----------- ---------- --------- 1 1 65535 6553 32767 0 1 2 65535 6553 32767 0 1 3 65535 6553 32767 0 1 4 65535 6553 32767 0






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspegrservtype

dspegrservtypeDisplay Egress Servicing Type—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspegrservtype command to display the current egress port queue servicing type, which is either weighted fair queueing (WFQ) or ratio based queuing (RBQ).

Tip To display the current egress queue service selected on the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C cards, use the dspchan command.

Syntax

dspegrservtype

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspchan, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspm32eqthresh, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

Display the egress queue service type for the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspegrservtype

<<Egress Servicing Type : Weighted Fair Queue>>





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspfdminfo

dspfdminfoDisplay Freedom Information—FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, HS2/B

Use the dspfdminfo command to monitor the distribution of Frame Relay Protocol Engine and Data Link Manager (FREEDM) chip resources on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

dspfdminfo

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addport

Attributes

Example

Display the Freedom chip resource allocations for the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspfdminfo

FREEDOM Information-------------------

FDM#1 active ports : 1/128FDM#1 Free Fifo Buffers : 498/512FDM#1 Free Ds0s : 648/672

FDM#2 active ports : 0/128FDM#2 Free Fifo Buffers : 512/512FDM#2 Free Ds0s : 672/672

FREEDOM Buffer Allocation Algorithm :-------------------------------------

#Ds0s in Port #Fifo Buffers Allocated------------- -----------------------1..4 35..6 47 58..11 612..15 716..17 818..19 920 1021 1122 1223..24 14




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspfdminfo

Display the Freedom chip resource allocations for the current FRSM-2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > dspfdminfo


FDM#1 active ports : 1/2FDM#2 active ports : 0/2


Display the Freedom chip resource allocations for the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspfdminfo


FDM#1 active ports : 1/4FDM#2 active ports : 1/4




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspfeature

dspfeatureDisplay Feature—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspfeature command to display the feature set supported on the current FRSM card. The feature sets that can be supported are:

• Channelized T1/E1 lines on FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1-C, and FRSM2CT3

• Rate control for standard ABR services

Note This command is not supported on the MPSM-8T1E1 card. To display what features have been enabled on the MPSM card use the dspliccd command.

Syntax

dspfeature

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfportstdabrctrl, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchanstdabr, dspliccd, dspstdabrctrl, xcnfchanstdabr, xdspchanstdabr

Attributes

Example

Display features of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspfeature

Channelized: On Rate Control: On


Log: No State: Any Privilege: Cisco Group



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspfst

dspfstDisplay ForeSight Parameters (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspfst command to view current ForeSight parameter settings on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspfst

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfchanfst, cnffst, dspchans, dspcons



Example

Display the current ForeSight parameter settings on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspfst

RateUp: 10 percent RateDown: 87 percent RateFastDown: 50 percent QIRTimeout: 10 seconds RTD interval: 5 seconds






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsplcn

dsplcnDisplay Local Channel Number—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsplcn command to display the connection channel number when you know the port number and the DLCI for the connection.

Syntax

dsplcn <Port.DLCI>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspchans, dspcons


Attributes: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3. FRSM-HS2/B

Example

Display the channel number for the connection using port 6 and DLCI 66.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dsplcn 6.66

LCN number is : 18


Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be displayed using the format port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspliccd

dspliccdDisplay Card Licenses—MPSM-8T1E1, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the dspliccd command to display the details of feature licenses both in use and programmed into the NVRAM of the MPSM-8T1E1 card.

Tip After installation of the MPSM-8T1E1 card, enter the movelic command to move the programmed feature licenses from the MPSM card to the PXM license pool so that the feature licenses are made available for use.

Note The rate control feature license is the only feature license available for the MPSM-8T1E1 card. This feature license is used by the MPSM-8T1E1 card when configured for Frame Relay services.

Syntax

dspliccd

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

movelic

Attributes

Example

Use the dspliccd command to display the details of feature licenses on the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 6.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspliccd

Card License Alarm: NoneService Module Type: MPSM8T1E1Service Module Serial Number: SAG07208RRAProvisioning (addcon) Allowed: YES=========================================================Needed License Type Needed Licenses------------------- ---------------RateControl 1

=========================================================Allocated License Type Allocated licenses---------------------- ------------------RateControl 1




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspliccd

=========================================================Programmed License Type Programmed licenses------------------------ -------------------Rate-Control 1

=========================================================Programmed License Registered: YESLicense registration node: M8250_SJLicense registration chassis: SCA05020GGR=========================================================




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspln

dsplnDisplay Line—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspln command to view the characteristics of a specified physical line.

Syntax

dspln <line_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example

Display line 2 on the current FRSM.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > dspln 2

LineNum: 2 LineConnectorType: RJ-48 LineType: dsx1ESF LineEnable: Enabled LineCoding: dsx1B8ZS LineLength: 0-131 ft LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineSendCode: NoCode LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x400 LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled LineBertEnable: Disable



line_num Line number for the line you want to display. Use the dsplns command to view the available lines.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsplns

dsplnsDisplay Lines—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsplns command to view a summary of all lines on the current card. To view more information about a single line, use the dspln command.

Tip Interface type X.21 or V.35 is displayed for lines on a FRSM-HS2/B card. On the FRSM-2CT3 card, the dsplns command shows all of the 56 channelized T1 lines.

Syntax

dsplns

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, xcnfln, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example: FRSM-8T1

Display lines on the current FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.25.FRSM.a > dsplns

Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Type Source Alarm ---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- ----- 25.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Mod/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No 25.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim No No 25.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 25.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Ena/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsplns

Example: FRSM-HS2/B

Display lines on the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dsplns

Line LineType InterfaceType Rate Status Alarm ---- -------- ------------- ------------ ------- ------ 11.1 DCE V.35 48000 bps Modify Yes 11.2 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.3 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.4 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.5 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.6 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.7 DCE V.35 48000 bps Disable 11.8 DCE V.35 48000 bps Modify Yes





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspm32eqthresh

dspm32eqthreshDisplay M32 Egress Queue Threshold—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the dspm32eqthresh command to display the M32 egress queue threshold value for a port.

Syntax

dspm32eqthresh <portNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaneir, cnfchaningressq, cnfchanpol, cnfchansrvrate, cnfegrq, cnfegrservtype, cnfm32eqthresh, dspegrq, dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, dspports, dspservrate, queDsp

Attributes

Example

Display the M32 threshold queue value for port 6.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspm32eqthresh 6

PortNum: 6 M32 Egress Queue Threshold : 6000


portNum Enter the port number for which you want to display the M32 queue threshold. To display a list of available ports, use the dspports command.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspmaptbl

dspmaptblDisplay Map Table—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspmaptbl command to view the line, port, and connection numbers assigned to Frame Relay connections on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspmaptbl

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display the map table for the current MPSM.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspmaptbl

PortNum DLCI ChanNum LineNum------- ---- ------- ------- 1 16 16 1 2 17 43 2 3 18 44 2 4 19 45 2





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspmsgcnt

dspmsgcntDisplay Control Message Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspmsgcnt command to show the count of VSI control messages that are exchanged between the PXM controller and the current FRSM or MPSM card. The dspmsgcnt command is primarily a debug command which can help identify control traffic message problems.

Syntax

dspmsgcnt

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrmsgcnt

Attributes

Example

Display the count of control messages on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspmsgcnt

RiscXmtCtrlMsg: 136596 RiscRcvCtrlMsg: 136591 SARXmtCtrlMsg: 136596 SARRcvCtrlMsg: 136591 SARCtrlMsgDiscLenErr: 0 SARCtrlMsgDiscCRCErr: 0 SARCtrlMsgDiscUnknownChan: 0 SARCtrlMsgLastUnknownChan: 0





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspoamlpbk

dspoamlpbkDisplay OAM Loopback—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspoamlpbk command to display the status of OAM loopback tests on the current FRSM card. The display indicates the connections currently under OAM loopback alarm.

Note This command is not supported on MPSM-8T1-FRM and MPSM-8E1-FRM cards.

Syntax

dspoamlpbk

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfoamlpbk, cnftrafficgen, dsptrafficgen

Attributes

Example

Display OAM loopback when loopback is configured on the FRSM.

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a > dspoamlpbk

RasOamlpbkAllowedState: EnabledRasOamlpbkFrequency : 10

Following Channels are under Ras Alarm :

Channels 16 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 56 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 96 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 136 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 176 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 216 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 256 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 296 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 336 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 376 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 416 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 456 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 496 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 536 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 576 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 616 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspoamlpbk

656 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 696 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 736 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 776 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 816 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 856 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 896 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 936 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 976 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000

Syntax : dspoamlpbk

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspport

dspportDisplay Port—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspport command on a FRSM or MPSM card to view a detailed port configuration for a single port.

Syntax

dspport <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, cnfportcllm, delport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes


Display the port configuration for port 1 on the current MPSM-8T1-FRM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspport 1

SlotNum: 28 PortLineNum: 1 PortNum: 1 PortRowStatus: Mod PortDs0Speed: 64k PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1) PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1 PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1 PortSpeed: 1536kbps PortLmiCnfType: Autosense SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15 N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: Active PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 40 portType: frameRelay portStdABRControl: No Rm Cell Generation, Mapping






PortIngrPercentUtil: 0 PortEgrPercentUtil: 0 PortOversubscribed: False PortSvcStatus: Disable PortSvcInUse: Not In-Use PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based PortSvcLcnLow: 0 PortSvcLcnHigh: 0 PortSvcDlciLow: 0 PortSvcDlciHigh: 0

PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000 PortNumNextAvailable: 2


Example: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Display the port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > dspport 1

SlotNum: 11 PortLineNum: 1 PortNum: 1 PortRowStatus: Add PortDs0Speed: notUsed PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1) PortEqueueServiceRatio: n/a PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 0 PortSpeed: 1544 kbps PortLmiSigConfMethod: Autosense SignallingProtocolType: StrataLMI AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 sec T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15 sec N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: Active PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 40 ms portType: frameRelay portEnhancedSIW: Disable PortIngrPercentUtil: 100 PortEgrPercentUtil: 100 PortOversubscribed: False PortSvcStatus: Disable




PortSvcInUse: Not In-Use PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based PortSvcLcnLow: 0 PortSvcLcnHigh: 0 PortSvcDlciLow: 0 PortSvcDlciHigh: 0

PortNumNextAvailable: 2




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspportcnt

dspportcntDisplay Port Statistics Counter—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspportcnt command to view detailed historical statistics for a specified port on the FRSM or MPSM card. Use this command to view the traffic being transmitted to and received from the attached end-user equipment. Because the statistics are historical, you might want to clear them using the clrportcnt or clrportcnts command before beginning testing or troubleshooting.

In the command output, the transmit (Tx) direction is from the service module and ATM network towards the CPE. The receive (Rx) direction is from the CPE towards the service module and ATM network.

Syntax

dspportcnt <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrportcnt, clrportcnts, dspport, dspports, xclrportcnt, xdspportcnt

Attributes

Example

Display port statistics for port 1 on the current FRSM-8T1 card.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspportcnt 1

PortNum: 1

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 Frames Abort: 0 0 Buf Not Available: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtFramesUnderrun: 0 RcvFramesDE: 0 RcvFramesDiscCRCError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0

port_num Specify the number for the port for which you want to view statistics. The dspports command lists all configured ports.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspportcnt

RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0 RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 RcvFramesDiscNoChan: 0 RcvFramesUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvLastUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvFramesTaggedFECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedBECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedDE: 0 Status: 0 0 StatusInquiry: 0 0 AsynchUpdate: 0 0 RcvInvalidRequest: 0 RcvUNISeqMismatch: 0 RcvNNISeqMismatch: 0 UNISignallingTimeout: 21 NNISignallingTimeout: 0 FramesCLLM: 0 0 BytesCLLM: 0 0 CLLMFailures: 0 RcvFramesDiscard: 0 XmtFramesDE: 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 BytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspportrscprtn

dspportrscprtnDisplay Port Resource Partition Information—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1 (PXM1 only), FRSM-8T1-C (PXM1 only), FRSM-8E1 (PXM1 only), FRSM-8E1-C (PXM1 only), FRSM-2T3E3 (PXM1 only), FRSM-2CT3 (PXM1 only), FRSM-HS2/B (PXM1 only)

Use the dspportrscprtn command to view the port-level resource partitions on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax: PXM1E/PXM45

dspportrscprtn <port_num>

Syntax: PXM1

dspportrscprtn

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfportrscprtn, dsprscprtn



port_num Enter the port number for the resource partition you want to display. To display a list of configured ports, enter the dspports command. The port number is found in the Port column in the format Slot.Line.Port. The port number range varies with the card type:

• MPSM-8T1-FRM range: 1–192

• MPSM-8E1-FRM range: 1–248





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspportrscprtn


Display the port-level resource partitions on port 1 of the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspportrscprtn 1

Port User Status NumOfLcnAvail DlciLow DlciHigh IngrBW EgrBW CtrlrId ---- ------ ------ -------------- ------- -------- ------ ----- ------- 1 PNNI Add 1000 16 1023 100 100 2


Example: PXM1

Display the port-level resource partitions on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspportrscprtn

Port User Status NumOfLcnAvail DlciLow DlciHigh IngrBW EgrBW ---- ------ ------ -------------- ------- -------- ------ ----- 1 PAR Add 1000 0 1023 100 100 1 PNNI Add 1000 0 1023 100 100 1 TAG Add 1000 0 1023 100 100




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspports

dspportsDisplay Ports—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspports command to show summary configuration and status information on all ports defined on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

The dspports output (FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, and MPSM-8E1-FRM only) shows a hexadecimal number that describes the timeslots in use on each line. After this number is converted to binary, with each bit representing a timeslot on the line, the least-significant bit represents timeslot 1 on a T1 or timeslot 0 on an E1. A value of 1 means that the timeslot is in use; a value of 0 means that the timeslot is not in use.

Syntax

dspports

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, cnfportcllm, copyports, delport, delports, dspport, xcnfport, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Display ports on the current FRSM.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspports

Port Ena/Speed EQServ SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 Type Alarm ELMI Ratio -------- --- ----- ------ ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- ----- ---- 30.3.3 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 30.4.4 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off

Number of ports: 2

PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000 PortNumNextAvailable: 1





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspportstats

dspportstatsDisplay Port Statistics Counter—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2CT3

Use the dspportstats command to view statistics information for a specified port on the FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspportstats <line.1stDS0>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspchstats, dspportcnt

Attributes

line Line number associated with the Frame Relay port you want to view the statistics. Use the dspports command to display all the provisioned Frame Relay ports on the current FRSM or MPSM card. The line number can be found under the port column in the format slot.line.port. The lines available by card type are:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM: Range 1–8

• FRSM-2CT3: Range 1-56

1stDS0 Timeslot of the first DS0 of the provisioned Frame Relay port in the range appropriate for the interface. To find the value of the first DSO, use the dspport command. The value can be found at the output of the PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0) entry.

• T1 range: 1–24

• E1 range (with CAS line signaling): 2–16, 18-32

• E1 range (with CCS line signaling): 2-32

• E1 range (with CLEAR line signaling): 1

Tip The non-channelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards support only one port per line. Therefore, you should enter 1 (for the FRSM-8T1 or FRSM-8E1 with CLEAR signaling) or 2 (for the FRSM-8E1 with CAS or CCS signaling) for the first DS0.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspportstats

Example

Display statistics information for port 4 which begins on the seventh DS0 timeslot (PhysicalPortNum in output) of line number 2.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspportstats 2.7

LineNum: 2 PhysicalPortNum: 7

PortNum: 4

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 Frames Abort: 0 0 Buf Not Available: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtFramesUnderrun: 0 RcvFramesDE: 0 RcvFramesDiscCRCError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0 RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0 RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 RcvFramesDiscNoChan: 0 RcvFramesUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvLastUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvFramesTaggedFECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedBECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedDE: 0 Status: 0 0 StatusInquiry: 0 0 AsynchUpdate: 0 0 RcvInvalidRequest: 0 RcvUNISeqMismatch: 0 RcvNNISeqMismatch: 0 UNISignallingTimeout: 0 NNISignallingTimeout: 0 FramesCLLM: 0 0 BytesCLLM: 0 0 CLLMFailures: 0 RcvFramesDiscard: 0 XmtFramesDE: 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 BytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspprfhist

dspprfhistDisplay Performance History—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the dspprfhist command to show the history of processor usage on the current MPSM card.

Note To change the default sampling interval (bucket interval) of 20 seconds, use the cnfprfparm command.

Syntax

dspprfhist

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfprfparam, dspcderrs, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, dsptaskinfo, i

Attributes

Example

Display the performance history of the current MPSM card. The output of this command will display 10 samples taken at 20-second intervals (default bucket interval).

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspprfhistCURRENT TIME 22:33:13Sample # 0(From)22:32:36-(To)22:32:56TASK Task Id %---------------------------------------INTERRUPT - 0.00Idle - 97.94Kernel - 0.29MISC - 0.00tRootTask 0 0.06tSCM 1 0.12tOAM 5 0.02tOAMRcv 6 0.02tStatMgr 7 0.85tEvtMgr 8 0.01tCPM 12 0.00tConnLog 13 0.00tRPC 14 0.01tLDRVDS1 19 0.43tLMI 24 0.16tBertOnBoard 25 0.05

Sample # -1(From)22:32:16-(To)22:32:36





TASK Task Id %---------------------------------------INTERRUPT - 0.00Idle - 97.90Kernel - 0.27MISC - 0.00tRootTask 0 0.10tSCM 1 0.12tOAM 5 0.03tOAMRcv 6 0.01tStatMgr 7 0.85tEvtMgr 8 0.02tCPM 12 0.00tLDRVDS1 19 0.43tLMI 24 0.19tBertOnBoard 25 0.04

The following table describes processor tasks that can occur in the output of the dspprfhist command.

Tip For a complete list of processor tasks running on the current MPSM card, use the i command.

Process Description

INTERRUPT CPU time spent processing ISRs during the configured bucket interval.

Idle CPU time spent not processing any tasks. The higher the idle time, the more stable the card is.

Kernel CPU time spent processing system level house keeping tasks.

MISC CPU time spent processing miscellaneous tasks.

tRootTask CPU time spent monitoring the health of all other tasks.

tSCM Shelf Communication Manager. CPU time spent maintaining communications with the PXM.

tCMM Card Manager. CPU time spent maintaining application level connectivity between the MPSM and the PXM.

tOAM CPU time spent processing OAM tasks relating to alarm cells.

tOAMRcv CPU time spent processing OAM tasks relating to loopback request cells.

tStatMgr Statistics Manager. CPU time spent collecting line, port, and channel level statistics.

tEvtMgr Event Manager. CPU time spent processing event tasks.

tONLD CPU time spent processing Online Diagnostics tasks.




tCPM Connection and Port Manager. CPU time spent maintaining connection status, port status, related alarms, traps, and OAM generation tasks.

tConnLog CPU time spent logging connection and port alarms to the PXM log.

tRPC CPU time spent processing special communications from the PXM.

tBERT CPU time spent processing BERT requests from PXM (SRM based BERT).

tLDRVDS1 CPU time spent monitoring the line for alarm conditions.

tLMI CPU time spent processing LMI protocol packets from the connected framed CPE devices. This task is applicable only in Frame mode.

tBertOnBoard CPU time spent processing Onboard BERT tasks.

tLmClient CPU time spent processing license requests and releases between the MPSM and PXM.

Process Description



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsprdimapenbl

dsprdimapenblDisplay RDI Map Enable—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsprdimapenbl command to display the Remote Defect Indication (RDI) mapping on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dsprdimapenbl

Syntax Description

None.

Related Commands

cnfrdimapenbl

Attributes

Example

Display the RDI mapping on the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dsprdimapenbl

RDI to Abit mapping disabled

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsprscprtn

dsprscprtnDisplay Resource Partition—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3 (PXM1E/PXM45 only), FRSM-2CT3 (PXM1E/PXM45 only), FRSM-HS2/B (PXM1E/PXM45 only)

Use the dsprscprtn command to display the configuration of a port-level resource partition.

Syntax

dsprscprtn <port_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addrscprtn, cnfportrscprtn, cnfrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspportrscprtn, dspports, xcnfportrscprtn




Display resource partition configuration information for port 1 on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dsprscprtn 1

Port User Status NumOfLcnAvail DlciLow DlciHigh IngrBW EgrBW CtrlrId ---- ------ ------ -------------- ------- -------- ------ ----- ------- 1 PNNI Mod 500 100 200 75 75 2


port_num Specify the port number for the port-level resource partition you want to view. The dspports command lists all configured ports.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsprscprtn

Example: PXM1

Display resource partition configuration information for port 1 on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dsprscprtn

Port User Status NumOfLcnAvail DlciLow DlciHigh IngrBW EgrBW ---- ------ ------ -------------- ------- -------- ------ ----- 1 PAR Add 1000 0 1023 100 100 1 PNNI Add 1000 0 1023 100 100 1 TAG Mod 500 16 1023 75 75




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspsarcnt

dspsarcntDisplay SAR Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspsarcnt command to display the Segmentation And Reassembly (SAR) counter statistics for a specific connection. The output of the dspsarcnt command displays cell bus SAR data statistics. This command will indicate the status of the channel traffic and will indicate the reason for any discards.

From the direction of CPE, transmit (Tx) cells move from the service module onto the cell bus (PXM) and towards the ATM network. Receive (Rx) cells move from the ATM network onto the cell bus towards the service module, and onward to the CPE.

Syntax

dspsarcnt <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrsarcnt, clrsarcnts, dspsarcnts

Attributes








Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspsarcnt

Example

Display the SAR counters for channel 35 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspsarcnt 35

SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 30 SarChanNum: 35 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 0 0 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 2296 0 Total CellsFERF: 0 0 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 0




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspsarcnts

dspsarcntsDisplay SAR Counter—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspsarcnts command to display the Segmentation And Reassembly (SAR) counter statistics for all connections on the current FRSM or MPSM card. The output of the dspsarcnts command displays cell bus SAR data statistics.

From the direction of CPE, transmit (Tx) cells move from the service module onto the cell bus (PXM) and towards the ATM network. Receive (Rx) cells move from the ATM network onto the cell bus towards the service module, and onward to the CPE.

Syntax

dspsarcnts

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrsarcnt, clrsarcnts, dspsarcnt

Attributes

Example

Display the SAR counters for the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspsarcnts






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspsarcnts



Tip The display for each channel is repeated until all channels are displayed. For a more concise report, use dspsarcnt.



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspservrate

dspservrateDisplay Service Rate—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspservrate command to view the maximum scheduled service rate (in cells per second on a per channel/connection basis) of cells exiting from the ingress VC queues on a FRSM or MPSM card towards the cell bus of the MGX switch.

Syntax

dspservrate <Port.DLCI|Chan_num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchansrvrate, dspchans, dspcons

Attributes

Example

Display the service rate on channe17 of the current FRSM card.

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a > dspservrate 17

Service Rate (cells/sec): 375

8830-SF.1.13.FRSM.a >



Chan_num Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspslftst

dspslftstDisplay Self-Test—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspslftst command to view the self-test configuration and status on the current card.


Syntax

dspslftst

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, clrslftst, cnfdiagtest, cnfslftst, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftsttbl, pausediag, resumediag, rundiagtest, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Display self-test configuration and status for the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspslftst

SelfTestEnable: Disable SelfTestPeriod: 5 SelfTestState: SelfTest Passed SelfTestResultDescription: No failure information available





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspslftsttbl

dspslftsttblDisplay Self-Test Table—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspslftsttbl command to view the self tests the card can perform, view the configuration for the tests, and determine if a test resets the card or is destructive to existing connections.


Syntax

dspslftsttbl

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, clrslftst, cnfdiagtest, cnfslftst, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, pausediag, resumediag, rundiagtest, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Display the tests, test configuration, and test results for the current FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dspslftsttbl Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst 1 DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 2 SRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 3 GRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 4 BRAM checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 7 M32 test 1 0 0 P Y Y N 8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P N Y Y 9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspslftsttbl

Display the tests, test configuration, and test results for the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspslftsttblTest # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst 1 CPU DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 2 SAR self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 3 ISE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 4 ESE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 7 FREEDM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspstatparms

dspstatparmsDisplay Statistics Parameters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspstatparms command to display the statistics parameters for the current card. Enabling statistics collection is achieved through Cisco WAN Manager and is collected by means of TFTP.

Syntax

dspstatparms

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display the statistics parameters for the current card.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspstatparmsTFTP Retry Count: 1TFTP ACK time-out (sec): 60Bucket Interval: 0File Interval: 0Peak Enable Flag: DisabledObject Count: 0 STATS COLLECTION: DisabledObject Subtype Counts: 0 0 0 0Total File Memory Used: 0Number of File Allocated: 0Current File Size: 0Stat Memory Allocated: 0Auto Memory Allocated: 0Auto Mem Rgn Size: 2200000





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspstdabrctrl

dspstdabrctrlDisplay Standard ABR Control—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dspstdabrctrl command to display the standard ABR control configuration for the current FRSM card. This is a card level feature and all standard ABR connections provisioned on the card will behave in the same way according to the configuration displayed.

Note To change the standard ABR control configuration, use the cnfstdabrctrl command.

Syntax

dspstdabrctrl

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfchanabrparams, cnfchanabrrates, cnfchanstdabr, cnfportstdabrctrl, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchanstdabr, dspfeature

Attributes:

Example

Display the standard ABR control options that are configured for the current card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > dspstdabrctrl

RM Cell Generation : Enabled CLP,EFCI Mapping : Disabled

PXM1E_SJ.1.13.VHS2CT3.a >




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsptaskinfo

dsptaskinfoDisplay Task Information—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsptaskinfo command to display operational statistics about internal card processes.

Syntax

dsptaskinfo

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrtaskinfo, i

Attributes


Display task information for the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dsptaskinfo

taskName msgReceivd msgSent msgSent lastSent lastSt lastSt Failed FailedTask Failed Failed MsgTyp Errno---------- --------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ------ ------tRootTask 21 181 0 0 0x0 tSCM 1332 352 0 0 0x0 tCMM 40 57 0 0 0x0 tSMD 81 138 0 0 0x0 tFILED 224 225 0 0 0x0 tOAM 10 0 0 0 0x0 tLOGD 180 0 0 0 0x0 tSnmpMsgd 0 0 0 0 0x0 tSnmp 0 93 0 0 0x0 tCPM 0 1 0 0 0x0 tConnLog 0 0 0 0 0x0 tRPC 0 1 0 0 0x0 tONLD 0 0 0 0 0x0 tBert 0 0 0 0 0x0 tIMA 0 0 0 0 0x0 tILMI 0 0 0 0 0x0 tLMI 0 0 0 0 0x0 tCMM 0 1 0 0 0x0 tLmClient 0 0 0 0 0x0 tLmClient 0 0 0 0 0x0 tLmClient 0 0 0 0 0x0





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsptaskinfo

Example: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Display task information for the current FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > dsptaskinfo

taskName msgReceivd msgSent msgSent lastSent lastSt lastSt Failed FailedTask Failed Failed MsgTyp Errno---------- --------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ------ ------nmimRouter 0 30253 0 0 0x0 scm 114026 45927 0 0 0x0 pSNMP 0 1 0 0 0x0 cmm 15156 33022 0 0 0x0 conn_mgr_t 13286 36560 0 0 0x0 tFiled 217 218 0 0 0x0 tSmd 29979 24055 0 0 0x0 logd 31455 1 0 0 0x0 qRpc 0 1 0 0 0x0 alarm_task 0 9 0 0 0x0 oam 23932 6257 0 0 0x0 lmi_task 0 6257 0 0 0x0 clt 21125 1551 0 0 0x0 bertd 0 1 0 0 0x0 ras 0 0 0 0 0x0



Display task information for the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dsptaskinfo

taskName msgReceivd msgSent msgSent lastSent lastSt lastSt Failed FailedTask Failed Failed MsgTyp Errno---------- --------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ------ ------nmimRouter 0 120 0 0 0x0 scm 447841 1776 0 0 0x0 pSNMP 0 1 0 0 0x0 cmm 206 212 0 0 0x0 conn_mgr_t 52 13 0 0 0x0 tFiled 823 824 0 0 0x0 tSmd 703 1281 0 0 0x0 logd 111 1 0 0 0x0 qRpc 0 1 0 0 0x0 alarm_task 0 0 0 0 0x0 oam 2 2 0 0 0x0 lmi_task 0 2 0 0 0x0 clt 10 11 0 0 0x0 bertd 0 2 0 0 0x0 t3alarm 0 1 0 0 0x0 ds3bert 0 0 0 0 0x0 ras 0 0 0 0 0x0

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsptotals

dsptotalsDisplay Totals—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsptotals command to view totals for lines, ports, channels, and alarms for the current card.

Syntax

dsptotals

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None



Example: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1E, PXM45

Show totals on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dsptotals

total active lines = 2/8 total active ports = 6/192 total active chans = 6/1000

Card Alarms Summary: --------------------------------------- Alarm Type Major Minor ------------------ ----- ----- Card State Alarms: 0 1 Line Alarms: 0 0 Port Alarms: 0 0 Channel Alarms: 0 6 ---------------------------------------






Port Channel Table : # of channel assigned per port

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 <-- least significant digit 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 2 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 4 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 5 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 6 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 7 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 8 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 9 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 10 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 11 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 12 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 13 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 14 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 15 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 16 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 17 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 18 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 19 --- --- ---


Example: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C on PXM1

Show totals on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dsptotals


Port Channel Table : # of channel assigned per port

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 <-- least significant digit 0 1 1 0 --- --- --- --- --- --- 1 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 2 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 4 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 5 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 6 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 7 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 8 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 9 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 10 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 11 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 12 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 13 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 14 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 15 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 16 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 17 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 18 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 19 --- --- ---





Example: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3 on PXM1E, PXM45

Show totals on the current FRSM-2E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.12.VHS2E3.a > dsptotals


Card Alarms Summary: --------------------------------------- Alarm Type Major Minor ------------------ ----- ----- Card State Alarms: 0 0 Line Alarms: 0 0 Port Alarms: 0 0 Channel Alarms: 0 0 ---------------------------------------


Example: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1

Show totals on the current FRSM-2T3 card.

M8850_R1.1.14.VHS2T3.a > dsptotals


M8850_R1.1.14.VHS2T3.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsptrafficgen

dsptrafficgenDisplay Traffic Generation Test—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the dsptrafficgen command to display the status of a traffic generation test. A traffic generation test is used to determine and troubleshoot cell loss and is intended for defective connections.

Only one traffic generation test can be conducted at a time on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dsptrafficgen [1]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrchancnt, clrchancnts, clrportcnt, clrportcnts, cnfoamlpbk, cnftrafficgen, dspchancnt, dspoamlpbk, dspportcnt

Attributes

Example

Display the connection that is under a traffic generation test.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dsptrafficgen

Pvc Under Test : 168830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

Show statistics on the current FRSM card for a connection that is under a traffic generation test.

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dsptrafficgen 1

Pvc Under Test : 16Pattern type : 1( All 0's )Total Test Frames To Send : 50Total Test Frames Transmitted : 50Total Test Frames Received : 0

8830-SF.1.11.FRSM.a >

1 This option adds test statistics to the command display.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedsptrafficgen

Show statistics on the current MPSM card for a connection that is under a traffic generation test.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dsptrafficgen 1

Pvc Under Test : 17Pattern type : 1( All 1's )Total Test Frames Transmitted : 6906Total Test Frames Received : 0




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspunit391

dspunit391Display UNI T391—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the dspunit391 command to view the current setting for UNI T391 status polling timer on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

dspunit391

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

cnfport, cnfunit391, dspport, xcnfport

Attributes

Example

Display current setting for UNI T391 status polling timer.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > dspunit391

System UNI T391 = 5 seconds





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspusedlnmap

dspusedlnmapDisplay Used Line Map—FRSM-2CT3

Enter the dspusedlnmap command to display the line bit map of the ports used for each of the channelized Dsx1 lines on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

Syntax

dspusedlnmap

Syntax Description

None.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display line bit map of the ports used for each of the Dsx1 lines of the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > dspusedlnmap

dsx1LINE PortUsedLineBitMap

-------- ------------------ 1 0xffffff 2 0x0 3 0x0 4 0x0 5 0x0 6 0x0 7 0x0 8 0x0 9 0x0 10 0x0 11 0x0 12 0x0 13 0x0 14 0x0 15 0x0 16 0x0 17 0x0 18 0x0 19 0x0 20 0x0 21 0x0 22 0x0




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencedspusedlnmap

23 0x0 24 0x0 25 0x0 26 0x0 27 0x0 28 0x0

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command ReferenceHelp

HelpHelp—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the Help command to display a list of the commands supported on the FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

Help

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Command list for the current FRSM-8T1 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > Help

Command Logging State Priority-------------------- ------- ------ -------------------------? No Any Any UserHelp No Any Any Useraddchanloop No Active Group 4addcon Yes Active Group 2addln Yes Active Group 1addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)addport Yes Active Group 1addrscprtn Yes Active Group 1addspvc Yes Active Group 2chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2)clear No Any Any Userclralm No Any Group 5clralmcnt No Any Group 5clralmcnts No Any Group 5clralms No Any Group 5clrcderrs No Any Super Group (0)clrchancnt No Any Group 5clrchancnts No Any Group 3clrmsgcnt No Any Group 5clrportcnt No Any Group 5





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencei

iInformation—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the i command to display information about software tasks that are running on the current card.

Syntax

i

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dsptaskinfo

Attributes


Display software task information on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > i

NAME ENTRY TID PRI STATUS PC SP ERRNO DELAY---------- ------------ -------- --- ---------- -------- -------- ------- -----tExcTask excTask 57f5e20 0 PEND 44b720 57f5c50 0 0tLogTask logTask 57f3260 0 PEND 44b720 57f3098 0 0tRootTask usrRoot 57ffd60 1 DELAY 4241e0 57ff998 30065 1tRlogind rlogind 574ef40 2 PEND 395670 574e980 0 0tWdbTask 417694 5747230 3 PEND 395670 5746f20 0 0tShell shell 573ff40 5 PEND 395670 573f978 0 0tNetTask netTask 57b0b90 50 PEND 395670 57b0a80 0 0tTimerTask timerTask 4499c80 50 SUSPEND 423384 4499b98 0 0tLmClient lmClientMain 43f5100 50 DELAY 4241e0 43f4dc8 0 21tSmCmdTsk1 cmdTask 40ac050 50 READY 424d20 40aac70 3d0002 0tSmOutTsk1 smtermOutTas 40a1da0 50 READY 395670 40a1a18 0 0tTelnetd telnetd 574d8d0 55 PEND 395670 574d628 0 0tFtpdTask 3cd180 574a980 55 PEND 395670 574a6e8 0 0tSCM scmMain 44989d0 55 READY 4241e0 4498728 0 0tCMM cmmMain 4490720 55 PEND+T 44b720 4490388 3d0004 38tSMD smtermd 4486470 55 READY 395494 4485e78 0 0tFILED fileDeamon 447cee0 55 PEND 44b720 447cb30 0 0tOAM oamMain 4474c30 55 DELAY 4241e0 4474980 3d0002 2tOAMRcv oamRcvMain 446c980 55 PEND 395670 446c5f0 0 0tEvtMgr eventMgrMain 445c420 55 DELAY 4241e0 445c1b0 0 6tLOGD sysLogMsgTas 444ef90 55 PEND 44b720 444ec20 0 0tSnmpMsgd routerMain 4446cb0 55 PEND 44b720 4446968 0 0tSnmp pSNMPMain 443ea00 55 PEND 44b720 443e6b0 0 0tCPM cpmMain 4436750 55 READY 44b720 4436338 3d0004 0tConnLog conLogTask 442e4a0 55 PEND+T 44b720 442e090 3d0004 117tRPC rpcMain 44261f0 55 PEND+T 44b720 4425e60 3d0004 5





tLDRVDS1 ldrvDs1Main 40ccbb0 55 READY 4241e0 40cc920 0 0tRASOAM rasOamMain 40c2900 55 DELAY 4241e0 40c2698 0 85tLMI lmiMain 40ba650 55 READY 4241e0 40ba3b8 0 0tStatMgr statsMgrMain 44646d0 58 DELAY 4241e0 4464430 0 4tONLD onldMain 441dea0 58 DELAY 4241e0 441dc18 0 2535tStatsd tftpstatsTas 4415bc0 60 DELAY 4241e0 4415920 0 5600tPortmapd portmapd 574c290 100 PEND 395670 574bfe0 16 0tRSYNC smrmResynchM 440d910 100 DELAY 4241e0 440d550 0 14tBert bertMain 4405660 100 PEND+T 44b720 44052e0 3d0004 49tBertOnBoarbertOnBoardM 43fd3b0 100 DELAY 4241e0 43fd0e8 0 4resyncSmrp smrpMsgHandl 40b06c0 100 PEND 44b720 40b0368 0 0resyncSmrc smrcStartFin 40ae410 100 PEND 395670 40ae180 0 0tBgndCheck bgndTaskChec 43eabe0 120 DELAY 4241e0 43eaa68 0 14


Example: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Display software task information on the current FRSM-8T1 card.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > i

NAME ENTRY TID PRI STATUS PC SP ERRNO DELAY---------- ------------ -------- --- ---------- -------- -------- ------- -----tExcTask excTask 805e0cd0 0 PEND 800ddf0c 805e0bd8 0 0tRootTask usrRoot 805e6be8 1 PEND+T 800ddf0c 805e68b0 3d0004 1tShell shell 805de200 1 PEND 800c494c 805dde00 3d0002 0tTimerTask timerTask 8059de50 50 SUSPEND 800b5028 8059dde8 0 0tSmCmdTsk1 cmdTask 803f1a08 50 READY 800ba454 803f0868 3006b 0tSmOutTsk1 smtermOutTas 803f5eb8 50 READY 800c494c 803f5bb8 0 0scm scmMain 8059cbe8 55 READY 800b5768 8059cb58 0 0NMIMmsgd routerMain 80598970 55 PEND 800ddf0c 80598888 0 0NMIMpSNMP pSNMPMain 805966f8 55 PEND 800ddf0c 80596600 0 0cmm cmmMain 80594480 55 PEND+T 800ddf0c 80594340 3d0004 77talarm alarm_task 80591f60 55 READY 800b5768 80591eb8 0 0tlmi lmiMain 8058fbe8 55 READY 800b5768 8058fb48 0 0tconn ConnMgrTask 8058d970 55 PEND 800ddf0c 8058d7b0 0 0oam OamMain 8058b6f8 55 READY 800b5768 8058b618 3d0002 0tFiled fileDeamon 80589480 55 PEND 800ddf0c 80589358 0 0tSmd smtermd 805871e0 55 READY 800c4908 80586e50 3d0002 0qird qir_reset_ta 805819c0 55 DELAY 800b5768 80581930 0 75rtdd rtd_task 8057f748 55 DELAY 800b5768 8057f6c8 0 75logd logMsgTask 8057d4d0 55 PEND 800ddf0c 8057d3e8 0 0clt ConnectionLo 8057b230 55 PEND+T 800ddf0c 8057b130 3d0004 58tRpc rpcMain 80574ac8 55 READY 800ddf0c 805749d0 3d0004 0ras RasMain 8056a528 55 DELAY 800b5768 8056a478 0 14tBgndCheck 8009ebb8 805682b0 55 DELAY 800b5768 805681d8 0 73tslftst slftstmain 80578fb8 58 DELAY 800b5768 80578f00 0 3776statsd tftpstatsTas 80583c38 60 DELAY 800b5768 80583bb0 0 5373bertd BertMain 80576d40 100 PEND+T 800ddf0c 80576c50 3d0004 35resyncSmrm smrmResynchM 805727d0 100 DELAY 800b5768 805726c0 0 3914539277resyncSmrp smrpMsgHandl 8056e9f8 100 PEND 800ddf0c 8056e8f8 0 0resyncSmrc smrcStartFin 8056c790 100 PEND 800c494c 8056c6f8 0 0

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >





Display software task information on the current FRSM-2CT3 card.

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a > i

NAME ENTRY TID PRI STATUS PC SP ERRNO DELAY---------- ------------ -------- --- ---------- -------- -------- ------- -----tExcTask excTask 80ef9d80 0 PEND 8017e2a8 80ef9cb0 0 0tEvtTask tEvtTask 80ee5d10 0 PEND 8017e758 80ee5cb0 0 0tRootTask usrRoot 80effd80 1 PEND+T 8017e2a8 80effad8 3d0004 1tShell shell 80edeea0 1 PEND 8017e758 80edeaf8 0 0tWdbTask 80172d64 80ee3de0 3 PEND 8017e758 80ee3c38 0 0pllTask pllMain 80d43160 40 DELAY 80181b78 80d430f8 0 1tNetTask netTask 80ef4450 50 PEND 8017e758 80ef43c8 0 0scm scmMain 80debed0 50 READY 80181b78 80debe50 0 0tTimerTask timerTask 80ded160 50 SUSPEND 801810f4 80ded0f8 0 0tSmCmdTsk1 cmdTask 80852d60 50 READY 8018225c 80851c40 3006b 0tSmOutTsk1 smtermOutTas 80849cb0 50 READY 8017e758 808499d8 0 0tSl0Wrt slipWrtTask 80eed7f0 55 PEND 8017e758 80eed760 0 0NMIMmsgd routerMain 80de7c20 55 PEND 8017e2a8 80de7b50 0 0NMIMpSNMP pSNMPMain 80de5970 55 PEND 8017e2a8 80de5898 0 0cmm cmmMain 80de36c0 55 PEND+T 8017e2a8 80de35f0 3d0004 88talarm alarm_task 80de0450 55 READY 80181b78 80de03e0 0 0tlmi lmiMain 80dde090 55 READY 80181b78 80dde010 0 0tconn ConnMgrTask 80ddbde0 55 PEND 8017e2a8 80ddbcf0 0 0oam OamMain 80dd9b30 55 READY 80181b78 80dd9a68 3d0002 0tFiled fileDeamon 80d813f0 55 PEND 8017e2a8 80d81300 0 0tSmd smtermd 80d654d0 55 READY 8017e6e8 80d65190 0 0qird qir_reset_ta 80d5fbb0 55 DELAY 80181b78 80d5fb08 0 35rtdd rtd_task 80d5d900 55 DELAY 80181b78 80d5d888 0 188logd logMsgTask 80d5b650 55 PEND 8017e2a8 80d5b590 0 0clt ConnectionLo 80d59370 55 PEND+T 8017e2a8 80d59290 3d0004 184tRpc rpcMain 80d52b60 55 READY 8017e2a8 80d52a90 3d0004 0t3alarm ds3Main 80d50810 55 READY 80181b78 80d50790 0 0resyncSmrm smrmResynchM 80d4e560 55 DELAY 80181b78 80d4e470 0 3914541581ReasmTmoutCSarReasmTmou 80d40eb0 55 READY 80181b78 80d40e18 0 0ds3Bert dsx3BertMain 80d3ec00 55 READY 80181b78 80d3eba8 0 0ras RasMain 80d3c950 55 READY 80181b78 80d3c8c8 0 0tBgndCheck 80110120 80d3a6a0 55 DELAY 80181b78 80d3a5e0 0 30tslftst slftstmain 80d570c0 58 DELAY 80181b78 80d57040 3d0002 10872statsd tftpstatsTas 80d61e60 60 DELAY 80181b78 80d61de8 0 3782tPortmapd portmapd 80eecd90 100 PEND 8017e758 80eecc10 16 0bertd BertMain 80d54e10 100 PEND+T 8017e2a8 80d54d50 3d0004 8resyncSmrp smrpMsgHandl 80d47680 100 PEND 8017e2a8 80d475a0 0 0resyncSmrc smrcStartFin 80d453f0 100 PEND 8017e758 80d45360 0 0

M8850_SF.1.9.VHS2CT3.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceinsbiterror

insbiterrorInsert Bit Error—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the insbiterror command to insert single bit errors into the transmitted BERT pattern configured on the current card.

Syntax

insbiterror <ifNumber>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrbertstats, cnfbert, delbert, dspbert, dspbertstats, startbert, stopbert

Attributes

Example

While running Bit Error Rate Testing, insert a single bit error into line 1, port 1 on the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 6, and verify the received error count using the dspbertstats command.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > insbiterror 1.1


M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > dspbertstats 1.1



ifNumber Specify the interface number in which to insert single bit errors using the format line.port.








Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command ReferencememShow

memShowMemory Show—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the memShow command to display information regarding memory usage by the current card.


memShow


memShow [1]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

None

Attributes


Display memory usage for the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > memShow status bytes blocks avg block max block ------ --------- -------- ---------- ----------current free 37037040 8 4629630 36828512 alloc 25597008 4395 5824 -cumulative alloc 46268496 17703 2613 -



Display memory usage for the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > memShow 1

FREE LIST: num addr size --- ---------- ---------- 1 0x803f1ac8 104 2 0x803edbd8 14944 3 0x80566db8 56

1 This option adds the list of free memory blocks.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command ReferencememShow

4 0x80566e60 24 5 0x803ed7e8 400 6 0x803ed588 440 7 0x803e44f0 19928 8 0x80372508 275112

SUMMARY: status bytes blocks avg block max block ------ --------- -------- ---------- ----------current free 311008 8 38876 275112 alloc 2243632 8236 272 -cumulative alloc 8279192 75146 110 -

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencemoddsx3bert

moddsx3bertModify DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the moddsx3bert command to inject errors into the bit stream of a BERT session in progress.

Syntax

moddsx3bert <eir>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Modify the BERT session in progress to inject 1-in-10 errors.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > moddsx3bert 2


eir Specifies the following error insertion rates:

• 0: no error

• 2: 1 in 10

• 3: 1 in 10^2

• 4: 1 in 10^3

• 5: 1 in 10^4

• 6: 1 in 10^5

• 7: 1 in 10^6

• 8: 1 in 10^7




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencemovelic

movelicMove Licenses—MPSM-8T1E1, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

When the MPSM-8T1E1 card is shipped with feature licenses programmed into its NVRAM, the service module is acting only like a shipping container for those licenses. After installation of the MPSM-8T1E1 card, enter the movelic command to move the programmed feature licenses from the MPSM card to the PXM license pool so that the feature licenses are made available for use.

Tip Enter the dspliccd command to view which licenses have been programmed into the NVRAM on the MPSM card.

Note The rate control feature license is the only feature license available for the MPSM-8T1E1 card. This feature license is used by the MPSM-8T1E1 card when configured for Frame Relay services.

Syntax

movelic

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dspliccd

Attributes

Example

Move licenses programmed on the MPSM-8T1E1 card in slot 6 to the PXM license pool.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1E1.s > movelic------------------------------------------------Programmed License Type #Programmed----------------------- -----------Rate-Control 4

Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? Yes

Card Licenses have been moved to license pool.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1E1.s >




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencemyid

myidMy ID—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the myid command to show the user name that you used to log into the switch.

Syntax

myid

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Display the user name used for log in.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > myidsuperuser





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencepausediag

pausediagPause Diagnostics—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

The pausediag command temporarily stops the scheduled online diagnostic tests on the current card.

Syntax

pausediag

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, clrslftst, cnfdiagtest, cnfslftst, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, resumediag, rundiagtest, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Pause the scheduled diagnostics test on the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 6.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.CES.a > pausediagOnline Diagnostic tests have been paused. M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.CES.a >




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command ReferencequeDsp

queDspQueue Display—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the queDsp command to show the current ingress and egress queue lengths for a specific connection.

Syntax

queDsp <chanNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanegressq, cnfchaningressq, cnfchansrvrate, dspchan, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, dspservrate

Attributes


Display the ingress and egress queue depths for channel 16 on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > queDsp 16

Chan Ingress Q Len (Bytes) = 0Chan Egress Q Len (Bytes) = 0



Display the ingress and egress queue depths for channel 18 on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > queDsp 18

ingreeQlen/egressQlen <0, 0>


chanNum Specifies the channel number you are displaying. To view the channels on the current card, use the dspcons or dspchans commands.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceresumediag

resumediagResume Diagnostics—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

The resumediag command resumes the previously paused diagnostic tests scheduled on the current card.

Syntax

resumediag

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, clrslftst, cnfdiagtest, cnfslftst, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, pausediag, rundiagtest, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

Restart the paused online diagnostic tests scheduled on the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 6.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > resumediagOnline Diagnostic tests are being resumed. M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a >




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencerrtcon

rrtconReroute Connection (PXM1E/PXM45 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the rrtcon command to reroute a connection between two different switches.

Note This command operates only on master endpoints and on connections between two different switches. This command does not reroute DAX connections, which are connections between two interfaces on the same switch.

Syntax

rrtcon <Port.DLCI> or <Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspcon, dspcons, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

Reroute the connection on port 1, DLCI 32.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > rrtcon 1.32


port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be rerouted using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


Channel Number Specify the channel number for the connection to be rerouted. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencerundiagtest

rundiagtestRun Diagnostic Test—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Enter the rundiagtest command to run an individual online diagnostic test.

Syntax

rundiagtest <TestId> [param1] [param2]

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, clrslftst, cnfdiagtest, cnfslftst, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, pausediag, resumediag, runslftstno

Attributes

Example

On the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 6 run online diagnostic test number 4.

M8250_SJ.1.6.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > rundiagtest 4

NP Performance Monitor PASSED


TestId Test ID number of the diagnostic test to be executed in the range 1 to 23. Enter the dspdiagtests command to view the diagnostic tests available and the associated test ID numbers.

param1 Parameter 1 for tests. Enter the dspdiagtests <TestId> command to display the configurable parameters for each online diagnostic test.

param2 Parameter 2 for tests. Enter the dspdiagtests <TestId> command to display the configurable parameters for each online diagnostic test.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencerunslftstno

runslftstnoRun Self Test Number—FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the runslftstno command to execute one of the self tests on the FRSM card. To display a list of the self tests, enter this command without parameters or enter the dspslftsttbl command. Before executing a test with the runslftstno command, use the cnfslftst command to enable testing. After finishing testing use the cnfslftst command to disable testing.


Syntax

runslftstno <Test #>

Syntax Description

Caution Some tests reset the card or interrupt connections. These tests are identified in the dspslftsttbl and runslftstno command display.

Related Commands

clrdiagresults, clrslftst, cnfdiagtest, cnfslftst, dspdiagresults, dspdiagtests, dspslftst, dspslftsttbl, pausediag, resumediag, rundiagtest

Attributes

Test # Enter the number of the test you want to run.

• 1 = DRAM access test

• 2 = SRAM access test

• 3 = GRAM access test

• 4 = BRAM checksum test

• 5 = CODE checksum test

• 6 = Line loopback test

• 7 = M32 test

• 8 = Data Loopback test

• 9 = Cell Bus test




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencerunslftstno

Example

Display a list of self tests available on the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > runslftstnoTest # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst 1 DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 2 SRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 3 GRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 4 BRAM checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 7 M32 test 1 0 0 P Y Y N 8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P N Y Y 9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N Nrunslftstno "Test #"


Run self test number 9.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > runslftstno 9Test Number 9 Result: PASS




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencesetcmdc

setcmdcSet Command Completion—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the setcmdc command to enable or disable the command completion feature. When enabled, this feature responds to incomplete commands by displaying a list of commands that match the incomplete command entry.

Syntax

setcmdc <on|off>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Enable the command completion feature.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > setcmdc on


<on|off> Specify on to enable command completion, or specify off to disable this feature.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencesetpagemode

setpagemodeSet Page Mode—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the setpagemode command to enable or disable the paging feature. When the paging feature is enabled, commands display information in pages that do not exceed the length of the display. If a command report requires more than one page, press Return to display the next page, or press Q to quit the report. Non-paged reports display without interruption, but you may need to scroll up to see the information at the top of the report.

Syntax

setpagemode <on|off>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Example

Enable command report paging.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > setpagemode on


<on|off> Specify on to enable paging, or specify off to disable this feature.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencestartbert

startbertStart Bit Error Rate Testing—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

The startbert command starts a Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) configured on the specified line or port on the current card.

Syntax

startbert <ifNumber>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrbertstats, cnfbert, delbert, dspbert, dspbertstats, insbiterror, stopbert

Attributes

Example

Start a Bit Error Rate Test on line 1 of the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 28.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > startbert 1.0


ifNumber Specify the interface number on which to start Bit Error Rate Testing using the format line.port.








Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencestartdsx3bert

startdsx3bertStart DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the startdsx3bert command to start a Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) session on lines that have been configured for a Bit Error Rate Test with the cnfdsx3bert command.

Note This command fails when no lines are in loopback mode. See addds3loop and addds3rmtloop.

Tip If you are configuring a BERT session on a PXM1 platform, make sure the DS3 line is enabled for BERT before starting the BERT session, otherwise the startdsx3bert command will fail. Enter the dspds3ln command to view the line BERT enable status. To enable a line for BERT, use the xcnfln command.

Syntax

startdsx3bert

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Start the configured BERT session.

PXM1E_SJ.1.20.VHS2E3.a > startdsx3bert





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencestopbert

stopbertStop Bit Error Rate Testing—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

The stopbert command stops a Bit Error Rate Test running on the specified line and port on the current card.

Syntax

stopbert <ifNumber>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrbertstats, cnfbert, delbert, dspbert, dspbertstats, insbiterror, startbert

Attributes

Example

Stop a Bit Error Rate Test running on line 1 of the MPSM-8T1-FRM card in slot 28.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > stopbert 1.0


ifNumber Specify the interface number on which to stop a Bit Error Rate Test using the format line.port.








Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencetstcon

tstconTest Connection—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the tstcon command to test the continuity of a connection you have created with the addcon or addspvc command.

The tstcon command sends a single collection of supervisory cells from the local to the remote end of a connection and displays a pass or fail message. If connection segments are failed or misconfigured, the tstcon command fails. Note that the tstcon command does not test quality of service or connectivity beyond the Cisco MGX network. The tstcon command has some limitations:

• It works only for local connections or connections in a tiered network comprising a Cisco backbone network

• It should be issued from both ends of a connection to completely verify connectivity

• A passing result of the test does not guarantee a connection’s end-to-end performance

Syntax

tstcon <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, dspchans, dspcons, tstdelay, xdspchans

Attributes

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be tested using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans command.


Channel Number Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons, dspchans, and xdspchans commands.

Tip On PXM1E and PXM45 platforms, the channel number is found in the LCN column in the output of the dspcons, dspchans, and xdspchans commands. On the PXM1 platform, the channel number is found in the Chan column in the output of the dspcons, dspchans, and xdspchans commands.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencetstcon

Example

Test the connection labeled channel 24 on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > tstcon 24

tstcon in progress

Test passed.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencetstdelay

tstdelayTest Delay—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the tstdelay command to test a connection. The tstdelay command is similar to the tstcon command in that it also checks connection continuity. Additionally, the tstdelay command measures the round-trip delay through the network, and the results are displayed on the CLI. The most recent relay measurement is also reported in the dspcon output.

The tstdelay command has the same limitations as the tstcon command:

• It works only for local connections or connections in a tiered network comprising a Cisco backbone network

• It should be issued from both ends of a connection to completely verify connectivity

• A passing result of the test does not guarantee a connection’s end-to-end performance

Syntax

tstdelay <Port.DLCI|Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspchans, dspcons, tstcon

Attributes

Port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be tested using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


Channel Number Specify the channel for the connection to be tested. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencetstdelay

Example

Test connection 18.

PXM1E_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > tstdelay 18

TestDelay in progress.

TestDelay Passed with 1 ms.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceupcon

upconUp Connection (PXM1E/PXM45 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the upcon command to bring up a connection.

Note This command operates only on master endpoints.

Syntax

upcon <Port.DLCI> or <Channel Number>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

Bring up the connection on port 1, DLCI 32.

PXM1E_SJ.1.30.FRSM.a > upcon 1.32


port.DLCI Specify the port and DLCI for the connection to be brought up using the format Port.DLCI. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


Channel Number Specify the channel number for the connection to be brought up. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceupport

upportUp Port (PXM1 only)—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the upport command to activate a specific port.

Tip To view the status of a port use the dspport command. A port that has been activated will display a PortState of active.

Syntax

upport <PortNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

dspport, downport

Attributes

Example

On the current MPSM card, activate port 1.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > upport 1


PortNum Number of the port to be deleted. Use the dspports command to view all provisioned ports on the current FRSM or MPSM card. The range of port numbers by card type is:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256

• FRSM-HS2/B: 1 to 2 (HSSI back card)

• FRSM-HS2/B: 1 to 8 (12IN1-8S back card)




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referenceversion

versionDisplay Versions—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the version command to view FRSM and MPSM card software information, such as firmware version, operating system kernel version, and the date of the software build.

Syntax

version

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

dspcd

Attributes


Display version information on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > version***** Cisco System MPSM-8-T1E1 Card ***** Firmware Version = 030.000.001.077-A Backup Boot Version = 030.000.001.077-AVxWorks (for Broadcom BCM1125) version VxWorks5.4.2.Kernel: WIND version 2.5.Made on Dec 5 2003, 12:19:50.Boot line:



Display version information on the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > version***** Cisco System. FRSM-VHS Card ***** Firmware Version = 020.000.001.046-A Backup Boot version = VHS_BT_1.0.04_19Jul0VxWorks (for CISCO) version 5.3.1.Kernel: WIND version 2.5.Made on Mon Apr 29 02:03:54 PDT 2002.Boot line:





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexclrchancnt

xclrchancntClear Channel Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xclrchancnt command to clear the statistics counters for a connection on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

xclrchancnt -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, clrchancnt, clrchancnts, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchancnt, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchancnt



Attributes: FRSM 2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Example

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xclrchancnt -chn 16

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

ChanNum Specify the channel for the connection where statistics are to be cleared. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexclrportcnt

xclrportcntClear Port Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xclrportcnt command to clear port counter values on a specific port on the current FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

xclrportcnt -pt <Port Num>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrportcnt, clrportcnts, dspportcnt, dspports, xdspportcnt, xdspports




Example

Clear the port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > xclrportcnt -pt 1


-pt Port number on which to delete the counters. Use the dspports or xdspports command to view the configured ports.






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfalm

xcnfalmConfigure Alarm Counters and Statistics—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Enter the xcnfalm command to configure alarm counters, thresholds, and statistics for a specified line on the current FRSM card.


xcnfalm -ds1 <LineNum> [-red <RedSeverity>] [-rai <RAISeverity>] [-neu <NEAlarmUpcount>]

[-ned <NEAlarmDncount>] [-net <NEAlarmThreshold>] [-feu <FEAlarmUpcount>]

[-fed <FEAlarmDncount>] [-fet <FEAlarmThreshold>]

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3

xcnfalm <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum> [-red <RedSeverity>] [-rai <RAISeverity>] [-neu <NEAlarmUpcount>]

[-ned <NEAlarmDncount>] [-net <NEAlarmThreshold>] [-feu <FEAlarmUpcount>]

[-fed <FEAlarmDncount>] [-fet <FEAlarmThreshold>]

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

xcnfalm <-ds1|-ds3> <LineNum> [-red <RedSeverity>] [-rai <RAISeverity>]

[-neu <NEAlarmUpcount>] [-ned <NEAlarmDncount>] [-net <NEAlarmThreshold>]

[-feu <FEAlarmUpcount>] [-fed <FEAlarmDncount>] [-fet <FEAlarmThreshold>]

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B

xcnfalm -x21 <LineNum> -red <RedSeverity>

Syntax Description

<LineNum> Line number for the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns or dspds3lns command to view the available lines. Range of lines:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 1-8 for ds1 lines.

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1-2 for ds3 and e3 lines.

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1-2 for ds3 lines and 1-56 for ds1 lines.

• FRSM-HS2/B = 1-2 for the MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card and 1-8 for the MGX-12IN1-8S back card.

-red RedSeverity.

• 1 = minor

• 2 = major



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfalm

Related Commands

clralm, clralms, dspalm, dspalms, dspds3lns, dsplns

Attributes

Example

Change the RAI severity from a minor to a major alarm on line 1 of the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xcnfalm -ds1 1 -rai 2

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

-rai Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) Severity.

• 1 = minor

• 2 = major

-neu Near-end Alarm Up Count. Range is 1–65535.

-ned Near-end Alarm Down Count. Range is 1–65535.

-net Near-end Alarm Threshold. Range is 1–65535.

-feu Far-end Alarm Up Count. Range is 1–65535.

-fed Far-end Alarm Down Count. Range is 1–65535.

-fet Far-end Alarm Threshold. Range is 1–65535.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfalmcnt

xcnfalmcntConfigure Alarm Counters—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3

Use the xcnfalmcnt command to configure the alarm counters for a specified line on the current FRSM card.

Syntax: FRSM-2T3, FRSM-2CT3 (DS3 Line)

xcnfalmcnt -ds3 <LineNum> [-sev <StatisticalAlarmSeverity>] [-lcv15 <LCV15minThreshold>]

[-lcv24 <LCV24hrThreshold>] [-les15 <LES15minThreshold>] [-les24 <LES24hrThreshold>]

[-lses15 <LSES15minThreshold>] [-lses24 <LSES24hrThreshold>] [-pcv15 <PCV15minThreshold>]

[-pcv24 <PCV24hrThreshold>] [-pes15 <PES15minThreshold>] [-pes24 <PES24hrThreshold>]

[-pses15 <PSES15minThreshold>] [-pses24 <PSES24hrThreshold>] [-sefs15 <SEFS15minThreshold>]

[-sefs24 <SEFS24hrThreshold>] [-aiss15 <AISS15minThreshold>] [-aiss24 <AISS24hrThreshold>]

[-uas15 <UAS15minThreshold>] [-uas24 <UAS24hrThreshold>] [-ccv15 <CCV15minThreshold>]

[-ccv24 <CCV24hrThreshold>] [-ces15 <CES15minThreshold>] [-ces24 <CES24hrThreshold>]

[-cses15 <CSES15minThreshold>] [-cses24 <CSES24hrThreshold>]

Syntax: FRSM-2E3

xcnfalmcnt -e3 <LineNum> [-sev <StatisticalAlarmSeverity>] [-lcv15 <LCV15minThreshold>]

[-lcv24 <LCV24hrThreshold>] [-les15 <LES15minThreshold>] [-les24 <LES24hrThreshold>]

[-lses15 <LSES15minThreshold>] [-lses24 <LSES24hrThreshold>] [-sefs15 <SEFS15minThreshold>]

[-sefs24 <SEFS24hrThreshold>] [-aiss15 <AISS15minThreshold>] [-aiss24 <AISS24hrThreshold>]

[-uas15 <UAS15minThreshold>] [-uas24 <UAS24hrThreshold>]

Syntax Description

-ds3,

-e3

Line number for the line you want to configure. Use the dspds3lns command to view the available lines. Line range is 1-2.

-sev Statistical Alarm Severity.

• 1 = minor

• 2 = major

-lcv15 Line Code Violation 15 min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-lvc24 Line Code Violation 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-les15 Line Errored Seconds 15 min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-les24 Line Errored Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-lses15 Line Severely Errored Seconds 15 min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-lses24 Line Severely Errored Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-pcv15 Path Coding Violation 15 min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-pcv24 Path Coding Violation 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-pes15 Path Errored Seconds 15 min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.




Syntax: FRSM-2CT3 (DS1 Line)

xcnfalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum> [-sev <StatisticalAlarmSeverity>] [-crc15 <cRC15MinThreshold>]

[-crc24 <cRC24HrThreshold>] [-crces15 <cRCES15MinThreshold>]

[-crces24 <cRCES24HrThreshold>] [-crcses15 <cRCSES15MinThreshold>]

[-crcses24 <cRCSES24hrThreshold>] [-sefs15 <sEFS15minThreshold>]

[-sefs24 <sEFS24hrThreshold>] [-aiss15 <aISS15minThreshold>] [-aiss24 <aISS24hrThreshold>]

[-uas15 <uAS15minThreshold>] [-uas24 <uAS24hrThreshold>]

Syntax Description

-pes24 Path Errored Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-pses15 Path Severely Errored Seconds 15 min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-pses24 Path Severely Errored Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-sefs15 Severely Errored Frame Seconds 15 min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-sefs24 Severely Errored Frame Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-aiss15 Alarm Indication signaling Seconds 15 min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-aiss24 Alarm Indication signaling Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-uas15 Unavailable Seconds 15 min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-uas24 Unavailable Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-ccv15 C-bit Coding Violation 15 min Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-ccv24 C-bit Coding Violation 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-ces15 C-bit Errored Seconds 15 min Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-ces24 C-bit Errored Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-cses15 C-bit Severely Errored Seconds 15 min Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-cses24 C-bit Severely Errored Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1 - (2^32-1).

-ds1 Line number for the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to view the available lines. Line range is 1-56.

-sev Statistical Alarm Severity.

• 1 = minor

• 2 = major

-crc15 Cyclic Redundancy Check 15 Min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-crc24 Cyclic Redundancy Check 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-crces15 Cyclic Redundancy Check Errored Seconds 15 Min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-crces24 Cyclic Redundancy Check Errored Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-crcses15 Cyclic Redundancy Check Severely Errored Seconds 15 Min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-crcses24 Cyclic Redundancy Check Severely Errored Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-sefs15 Severely Errored Frame Seconds 15 Min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.




Related Commands

clralm, clralmcnt, clralmcnts, clralms, dspalm, dspalmcnf, dspalmcnt, dspalms, xcnfalm

Attributes

Example

Change the statistical alarm severity from minor to major on line 1 of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > xcnfalmcnt -ds3 1 -sev 2


-sefs24 Severely Errored Frame Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-aiss15 Alarm Indication Signaling Seconds 15 Min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-aiss24 Alarm Indication Signaling Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-uas15 Unavailable Seconds 15 Min Threshold. Range is 1-65535.

-uas24 Unavailable Seconds 24 hr Threshold. Range is 1-65535.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfchan

xcnfchanConfigure Channel—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xcnfchan command to modify, add, or delete a channel configuration.

Note When modifying connections, changes to any of the traffic parameters must be made at both the local end and the remote end of a connection in order for the connection to be successful and not go into alarm.

Syntax: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C on PXM1E, PXM45

xcnfchan -chn <chanNum>

or

xcnfchan -pt <portNum> -dlci <DLCI>

[-chn <ChanNum>] [-en <ChanRowStatus>] [-pt <PortNum>] [-dlci <DLCI>] [-eqsel <EgressQSelect>]

[-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>] [-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>]

[-eqdep <EgressQDepth>] [-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-cir <CIR>] [-bc <BurstCommit>]

[-be <BurstExcess>] [-ibs <IBS>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-rmtlb <LocalRemoteLoopbackState>]

[-tstyp <TestType>] [-tssta <TestState>] [-tsres <RTDresult>] [-contp <ConnType>] [-cntp <chantype>]

[-fecnmap <FECNmap>] [-demap <DEtoCLPmap>] [-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>]

[-ingut <chanIngrPercentUtil>] [-egut <chanEgrPercentUtil>] [-egrat <chanEgrSrvRate>]

[-ovrid <chanOvrSubOvrRide>] [-locvpi <localVpi>] [-locvci <localVci>] [-locnsap <localNSAP>]

[-rmtvpi <remoteVpi>] [-rmtvci <remoteVci>] [-rmtnsap <remoteNSA>] [-master <masterShip>]

[-vpcflag <vpcFlag>] [-cos <connServiceType>] [-rtngprio <routingPriority>]

[-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>] [-directrte <DirectedRoute>] [-maxcost <maxCost>]

[-type <restrictedType>] [-pcr <connPCR>] [-mcr <connMCR>] [-rpcr <RemotePCR>]

[-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>] [-srvovrd <overrideval>] [-srvrate <ServiceRate>]

[-zeir <EIR>] [-rerout <chanReRoute>]

Syntax: MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C on PXM1


or


[-chn <ChanNum>] [-en <PortEnable>] [-pt <PortNum>] [-dlci <DLCI>] [-eqsel <EgressQSelect>]

[-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>] [-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>]

[-eqdep <EgressQDepth>] [-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-fst <ForeSightEnable>] [-mir <MIR>]

[-pir <PIR>] [-qir <QIR>] [-cir <CIR>] [-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-ibs <IBS>]

[-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-rmtlb <LocalRemoteLoopbackState>] [-tstyp <TestType>]

[-tssta <TestState>] [-tsres <RTDresult>] [-contp <ConnType>] [-cntp <chantype>]




[-fecnmap <FECNmap>] [-demap <DEtoCLPmap>] [-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>]

[-ingut <chanIngrPercentUtil>] [-egut <chanEgrPercentUtil>] [-egrat <chanEgrSrvRate>]

[-ovrid <chanOvrSubOvrRide>] [-locvpi <localVpi>] [-locvci <localVci>] [-locnsap <localNSAP>]

[-rmtvpi <remoteVpi>] [-rmtvci <remoteVci>] [-rmtnsap <remoteNSA>]

[-master <masterShip>][-vpcflag <vpcFlag>] [-cos <connServiceType>] [-rtngprio <routingPriority>]

[-maxcost <maxCost>] [-type <restrictedType>] [-pcr <connPCR>] [-mcr <connMCR>]

[-pctutil <percentUtil>]

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1E, PXM45


or


[-chn <ChanNum>] [-en <ChanRowStatus>] [-pt <PortNum>] [-dlci <DLCI>] [-cir <CIR>]

[-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-cntp <chantype>] [-ovrid <chanOvrSubOvrRide>]

[-fecnmap <FECNmap>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>] [-demap <DEtCLmap>]

[-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-eqsel <EgressQSelect>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>]

[-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-iqdep <IngressQDepth>] [-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>]

[-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>] [-abrpcr <ABRPCR>] [-abrmcr <ABRMCR>] [-abricr <ABRICR>]

[-egrat <chanEgrSrvRate>] [-ingut <chanIngrPercentUtil>] [-egut <chanEgrPercentUtil>] [-ibs <IBS>]

[-rtngpri <routingPriority>] [-prefrte <PreferredRouteID>] [-directrte <DirectedRoute>]

[-maxcost <maxCost>] [-type <RestrictedType>] [-rerout <chanReroute>] [-pcr <connPCR>]

[-rpcr <RemotePCR>] [-scr <ConnSCR>] [-rscr <RemoteSCR>] [-rmcr <RemoteMCR>]

[-tstyp <TestType>] [-tssta <TestState>] [-tsres <RTDresult>] [-rmtlb <LocalRemoteLoopbackState>]



or

xcnfchan -pt <portNum> -dlci <DLCI> [-chn <ChanNum>] [-en <PortEnable>] [-pt <PortNum>]

[-dlci <DLCI>] [-eqsel <EgressQSelect>] [-sertp <chanServType>] [-iqdep <IngressQDepth>]

[-iqdet <IngressDEThresh>] [-iqecn <IngressQECNthresh>] [-eqdep <EgressQDepth>]

[-eqdet <EgressDEThresh>] [-fst <ForeSightEnable>] [-mir <MIR>] [-pir <PIR>] [-qir <QIR>]

[-cir <CIR>] [-bc <BurstCommit>] [-be <BurstExcess>] [-ibs <IBS>] [-detag <DETaggingEnable>]

[-rmtlb <LocalRemoteLoopbackState>] [-tstyp <TestType>] [-tssta <TestState>] [-tsres <RTDresult>]

[-contp <ConnType>] [-cntp <chantype>] [-fecnmap <FECNmap>] [-demap <DEtoCLPmap>]

[-clpmap <CLPtoDEmap>] [-ingut <chanIngrPercentUtil>] [-egut <chanEgrPercentUtil>]

[-egrat <chanEgrSrvRate>] [-ovrid <chanOvrSubOvrRide>] [-locvpi <localVpi>] [-locvci <localVci>]

[-locnsap <localNSAP>] [-rmtvpi <remoteVpi>] [-rmtvci <remoteVci>] [-rmtnsap <remoteNSA>]

[-master <masterShip>] [-vpcflag <vpcFlag>] [-cos <connServiceType>] [-rtngprio <routingPriority>]




[-maxcost <maxCost>][-type <restrictedType>] [-pcr <connPCR>] [-mcr <connMCR>]

[-pctutil <percentUtil>]

Syntax Description

-chn Specify the channel to be modified. You can view channel information with the dspcons and dspchans commands. Range of channels by card type:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM = 16-1015

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 16-1015

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 16-2015

• FRSM-2CT3 = 16-4015




-en Channel Row Status.

• Add = 1

• Delete = 2

• Modify = 3

-admin Connection Admin Status.

• Up = 1

• Down = 2

-pt Port Number. Use the dspports command to view the configured ports. Range of ports by card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1 to 2

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1 to 256






-dlci Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) of the connection you want to configure. You can view connection DLCI information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.



Note If you are adding a connection to a port that has LMI signaling enabled, you can not use DLCI number 0 (ANNEX A & D) or 1023 (STRATA LMI).


-eqsel Egress queue select.

• On MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C:

– 1 = High priority egress queue

– 2 = Low priority egress queue

• On FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B: This option is not supported on these cards.

-sertp Channel service type. Select one of the following service types:

• 1 = High Priority (CBR–default)

• 2 = rtVBR

• 3 = nrtVBR

• 4 = FST-ABR

• 5 = UBR

• 9 = STD-ABR






-iqdet Ingress queue DE threshold. This parameter defines the depth required on the ingress queue to begin dropping DE frames.





























• 1 = To enable DE tagging

• 2 = To disable DE tagging (Default)

-fst ForeSight, either enabled or disabled.

• 1 = Enable

• 2 = Disable

-mir Minimum Information Rate. This is the minimum connection rate that the source can allow.











-pir Peak Information Rate. This is the maximum connection rate that the source can allow.








-qir Quiescent Information Rate. This is the connection rate that the source uses after a set idle period (QIR timeout).








-cir Committed information rate (CIR) bps value. The CIR should be less than the configured port speed. Range by card types:



• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000

• FRSM-2E3 = 0–34010000

• FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000





















-ibs Initial burst size, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type:



• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B = 0–2097151 bytes

Default: 100 bytes

Note The initial burst size should be less than or equal to the value of the burst committed when the committed information rate is set to greater than 0.When the committed information rate is set to 0, the initial burst size MUST be set to 0.

-abricr Initial cell rate (ICR) allowed. The ICR is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period. Ranges by card types:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM = 10–10000 cells/sec

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 10–10000 cells/sec

• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B = 10–198412 cells/sec

-abrmcr Minimum cell rate (MCR) for ABR traffic shaping. This parameter only applies to ABR connections. The VSI controller uses the MCR to route ABR connections in the network. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR includes bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. If you do not define this value, the default value is the same as the configured CIR.




-abrpcr Peak cell rate (PCR) for ABR traffic shaping. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. If you do not define this value, the default value is the same as the configured CIR.




-rif Rate increase factor (RIF) controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell.





-rdf Rate decrease factor (RDF) controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2.


-nrm The inrate cell count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM (FRM) cell.


-trm The maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.

Range: 3–255 msec

-tbe The transient buffer exposure is a negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns.


-frtt The fixed round trip time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back.


-adtf The ACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.


-cdf Cutoff decrease factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM.


-rmtlb Local remote loopback state. A channel local remote loopback is enabled on the local card and looped back in the direction of the network to the remote end of a connection, hence the term local remote.

• 1 = enabled

• 2 = disabled

Note For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM and MPSM card, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

-tstyp Test type.

• Test Continuity = 1 (Same functionality as tstcon command)

• Test Delay = 2 (Same functionality as tstdelay command)

-tssta Test state.

Note This option is a read-only parameter and is not configurable.

-tsres RTD result.

Note This option is a read-only parameter and is not configurable.




-cntp Channel internetworking type. Set this option to one of the following:













-fecnmap Mapping between FECN and EFCI.

• 1 = map EFCI (this option valid only for SIW)

• 2 = set EFCI to 0


• 1 = CLP mapped to DE (default)







• 4 = Ignore CLP




-contp Connection type. Select one of the following:

• PVC = 1

• SVC = 2

• SPVC = 3

• PAR = 4

• PNNI = 5

• TAG = 6






• FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-HS2/B = 2400–52000000 bps


• On PXM1E/PXM45 platforms:

– 1 = To apply CAC

– 2 = Do not apply CAC (Default)

• On PXM1 platforms:

– 1 = Enable

– 2 = Disable

-locvpi Local VPI number. Range is 1-65536.

-locvci Local VCI number. Range is 1-65536.

-locnsap Local connection ID. The local NSAP is a 20 byte hex number. The format is: LocalNsapAddress.VPI.VCI.

-rmtvpi Remote VPI number. Range is 1-65536.

-rmtvci Remote VCI number. Range is 1-65536.

-rmtnsap Remote connection ID. The remote NSAP is a 20 byte hex number. The format is: RemoteNsapAddress.VPI.VCI.

-master Mastership role of connection. Select from the following options:

• 1 = master





-vpcflag VPC flag.

• 1 = vpc

• 2 = vcc

-cos ATM connection service type.

• MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1E/PXM45 platforms:

– CBR1 = 21 (default)

– rtVBR1 = 22

– rtVBR2 = 23

– rtVBR3 = 24

– nrtVBR1 = 25

– nrtVBR2 = 26

– nrtVBR3 = 27

– UBR1 = 28

– UBR2 = 29

– stdABR = 30

• MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C on PXM1 Platforms:

– CBR = 1

– nrtVBR = 2

– Not used = 3

– UBR = 4

– ATFR = 5

– ABRstd = 6

– ABRfst = 7

– rtVBR = 8

• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B on PXM1 Platforms:

– CBR = 1

– VBR = 2

– Not used = 3

– UBR = 4

– ATFR = 5

– ABRstd = 6

– ABRfst = 7





-prefrte Preferred Route ID for this connection. The preferred route feature is applicable only to the master end of an SPVC. This option assigns a unique identifier for the preferred route to which this connection is associated. When the route ID is set to 0, the connection is not associated with any preferred routes. Range is 0 to 65,535. Default is 0.


• 1 = Yes











-scr Local sustainable cell rate (SCR). The VSI controller uses the local SCR when it routes VBR connections. If you do not define this value, it is the same as the configured CIR.




-mcr Local minimum cell rate (MCR).





Note This option is not supported. To configure the minimum cell rate for Standard ABR connections, use the -abrmcr option.









-rscr Remote sustainable cell rate (SCR). The remote SCR value must match the local SCR value of the connection.










-pctutil Percent Utilization. Range is 1 to 100 percent.

-srvovrd Channel service rate override programming option.

• 1 = enable

• 2 = disable

-srvrate The actual channel service rate to be provisioned for the given channel (in cps) in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type:.



• FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B Range: 10–198412

-zeir Specifies the excess information rate for zero CIR cases. The following are the values:



• FRSM-2CT3 = 0–1536000 bps

• FRSM-2T3 = 0–44210000 bps

• FSM-2E3 = 0–34010000 bps






Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delchans, delcon, dncon, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan, xdspchans

Attributes

Example

Place channel 17 on the current FRSM card into an administratively down status.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xcnfchan -chn 17 -en 3 -admin 2

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

-rerout Channel reroute.

• 1 = true

• 2 = false





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfchanstdabr

xcnfchanstdabrConfigure Channel for Standard ABR—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the xcnfchanstdabr command to configure standard Available Bit Rate (ABR) parameters.

Syntax

xcnfchanstdabr -chn <ChanNum> [-abrmcr <MCR>] [-abrpcr <PCR>] [-abricr <ICR>]

[-rif <RateIncreaseFactor>] [-rdf <RateDecreaseFactor>] [-nrm <InrateCellCount>]

[-trm <TimeLimitForFrm>] [-tbe <TransientBufferExposure>] [-frtt <FixedRoundTripTime>]

[-adtf <AcrDecreaseTimeFactor>] [-cdf <CutoffDecreaseFactor>]

Syntax Description

-chn Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons, dspchans, and xdspchans commands.


-abrmcr Minimum cell rate (MCR) allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.

Range: 10–10000 cells/sec

-abrpcr Peak cell rate (PCR) allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.


-abricr Initial cell rate (ICR) allowed. The ICR is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period.


-rif Rate increase factor controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell.


-rdf Rate decrease factor controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2.


-nrm The inrate cell count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM (FRM) cell.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfchanstdabr

Related Commands

cnfchanstdabr, cnfportstdabrctrl, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchanstdabr, dspstdabrctrl, xdspchanstdabr

Attributes

Example

Change the MCR to 4000 cps and the trm to 100 ms on channel 18 of the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xcnfchanstdabr -chn 18 -abrmcr 4000 -trm 100

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

-trm The maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.

Range: 3–255 msec

-tbe The transient buffer exposure is a negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns.


-frtt The fixed round trip time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back.


-adtf The ACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.


-cdf Cutoff decrease factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfdsx3bert

xcnfdsx3bertConfigure DSX3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the xcnfdsx3bert command to acquire, release, configure, start, modify, and delete a Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) on the FRSM-2T3E3 card.

Note This command supports only line BERT sessions. Port BERT sessions and loopbacks are not supported.

Syntax

xcnfdsx3bert -ds3bct <state> -ds3btm <medium> -ds3bln <line num> -ds3bmo <mode> -ds3bei <EIR>

-ds3bpt <test pattern>

Syntax Description

-ds3bct Type of DSX3 BERT control.

• 1 = Acquire BERT

• 2 = Release BERT

• 3 = Configure BERT

• 4 = Start BERT

• 5 = Modify BERT

• 6 = Delete BERT

-ds3btm DSX3 BERT session medium.

• 1 = Port (Not supported)

• 2 = Line

-ds3bln Line number.

Range: 1–2

-ds3bmo BERT mode as pattern or loopback.

• 1 = pattern

• 2 = loopback (Not supported)




Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

-ds3bei DSX3 error insertion rates.

• 1 = no error

• 2 = 1 in 10

• 3 = 1 in 100

• 4 = 1 in 1000

• 5 = 1 in 10^^4

• 6 = 1 in 10^^5

• 7 = 1 in 10 ^^6

• 8 = 1 in 10 ^^7

-ds3bpt DSX3 BERT pattern.

• 1 = All Ones

• 2 = All Zeros


• 4 = Double Ones and Zeroes

• 5 = 3 in 24

• 6 = 1 in 16

• 7 = 1 in 8

• 8 = 1 in 4

• 9 = Superframe Loop Up

• 10 = Superframe Loop Down

• 11 = ThreeBit (2^3-1)

• 12 = FourBit (2^4-1)

• 13 = FiveBit (2^5-1)

• 14 = SixBit (2^6-1)

• 15 = SevenBit (2^7-1)

• 16 = Fractional T1 Loop Up

• 17 = Fractional T1 Loop Down

• 18 = NineBit (2^9-1)

• 19 = TenBit (2^10-1)

• 20 = ElevenBit (2^11-1)

• 21 = FifteenBit (2^15-1)

• 22 = SeventeenBit (2^17-1)

• 23 = EighteenBit (2^18-1)

• 24 = TwentyBit (2^20-1)

• 25 = TwentyBit QRSS

• 26 = TwentyOneBit (2^21-1)

• 27 = TwentyTwoBit (2^22-1)

• 28 = TwentyThreeBit (2^23-1)

• 29 = TwentyFiveBit (2^25-1)

• 30 = TwentyEightBit (2^28-1)

• 31 = TwentyNineBit (2^29-1)

• 32 = ThirtyOneBit (2^31-1)

• 33 = ThirtyTwoBit (2^32-1)





Example

Acquire BERT resources for testing on the current FRSM-2T3E3 card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > xcnfdsx3bert -ds3bct 1




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfln

xcnflnConfigure Line—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xcnfln command to configure line characteristics.

Note RS-232 ports are not supported on the current set of FRSM and MPSM cards.


To configure RS-232 lines:

xcnfln -rs232 <PortNum> [-e <PortEnable>] [-b <PortBps>]

To configure DS1 lines:

xcnfln -ds1 <LineNum> [-ct <ConnectorType>] [-e <LineEnable>] [-lt <LineType>] [-lc <LineCoding>]

[-len <LineLength>] [-clk <XmtClkSource>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>] [-sc <SendCode>] [-be <BertEnable>]

[-bert <BertPattern>] [-detect <LoopbackCodeDetection>]

Syntax: FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C




xcnfln -ds1 <LineNum> [-ct <ConnectorType>] [-e <LineEnable>] [-lt <LineType>] [-lc <LineCoding>]

[-len <LineLength>] [-clk <XmtClkSource>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>] [-sc <SendCode>]

[-detect <LoopbackCodeDetection>]

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3




xcnfln -ds3 <LineNum> [-e <dsx3LineEnable>] [-ds3lt <lineType>] [-lc <LineCoding>]

[-len <LineLength>] [-dsuen <SubRateEna>] [-dsusel <DsuSelect>] [-dsulr <DsuLineRate>]

[-dsuscr <scrambleEnable>] [-oof <LineOOFCriteria>] [-cb <LineAIScBitsCheck>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>]

[-rfeac <LineRcvFEACValidation>] [-ds3clk <dsx3LineXmtClockSrc>] [-ds3equ <dsx3LineEqualizer>]

[-ds3ben <LineBertEnable>]

To configure E3 lines:




xcnfln -e3 <LineNum> [-e <dsx3LineEnable>] [-ds3lt <lineType>] [-lc <LineCoding>]

[-len <LineLength>] [-dsuen <SubRateEna>] [-dsusel <DsuSelect>] [-dsulr <DsuLineRate>]

[-dsuscr <scrambleEnable>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>] [-ds3clk <dsx3LineXmtClockSrc>]

[-ds3equ <dsx3LineEqualizer>] [-ds3ben <LineBertEnable>]

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3




xcnfln -ds1 <LineNum> [-e <LineEnable>] [-lt <LineType>] [-clk <XmtClkSource>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>]

[-sc <SendCode>] [-detect <LoopbackCodeDetection>]


xcnfln -ds3 <LineNum> [-e <dsx3LineEnable>] [-ds3lt <lineType>] [-lc <LineCoding>]

[-len <LineLength>] [-oof <LineOOFCriteria>] [-cb <LineAIScBitsCheck>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>]

[-rfeac <LineRcvFEACValidation>] [-ds3clk <dsx3LineXmtClockSrc>] [-ds3equ <dsx3LineEqualizer>]

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B



To configure X.21/V.35/HSSI lines:

xcnfln -x21|-hssi <LineNum> [-e <LineEnable>] [-lt <LineType>] [-lpb <LoopCmd>] [-sc <SendCode>]

[-detect <LoopbackCodeDetection>] [-clktype <LineClockType >] [-intrtyp <LineInterfaceType>]

[-freqth <ClkFrequencyThreshold>] [-srllr <serialLineRate>]

Syntax Description

-rs232 Enter the number of the port you want to configure. Use the xdsplns -rs232 command to view the available rs232 ports.


-e Port Enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2





-b Port speed in bps. Available port speeds are 9600, 2400, 19200.


-ds1 Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to view the available lines.

-ds3 Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dspds3lns command to view the available lines.

-e3 Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dspds3lns command to view the available lines.

-x21|-hssi Enter the number of the line you want to configure. Use the dsplns command to view the available lines.

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card (-hssi option) = 1-2

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-12IN1-8S back card (-x21 option) = 1 to 8

-ct Connector type.

• RJ48 = 3

• SMB = 5

-e Line enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

• Modify = 3




-lt Line type for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C:

• dsx1 ESF = 1

• dsx1 D4 = 2

• dsx1 E1 = 3

• dsx1 E1 CRC = 4

• dsx1 E1 MF = 5

• dsx1 E1 MF CRC = 6

• dsx1 E1 CLEAR = 7

MPSM-8T1-FRM and MPSM-8E1-FRM:

• dsx1 ESF = 1 (T1 line)

• dsx1 D4 = 2 (T1 line)

• dsx1 E1 CCS = 3

• dsx1 E1 CCS CRC = 4

• dsx1 E1 CAS = 5

• dsx1 E1 CAS CRC = 6

• dsx1 E1 CLEAR = 7

Line type for FRSM-2CT3 channelized T1s:

• dsx1 ESF = 1

• dsx1 D4 = 2

Line type for FRSM-HS2/B:

• DTE = 1

• DCE = 2

• DTE_ST (V.35 only) = 3

-ds3lt Dsx3 Line Type.

• C bit parity = 1

• G.832 - G.804 = 2

• M13 = 3

• G.751 = 4

Note For FRSM-2E3 only G.751 is supported.

-lc Line coding for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM:

• dsx1 B8ZS = 2 (T1 line)

• dsx1 HDB3 = 3 (E1 line)

• dsx1 AMI = 4 (T1 or E1 line)

Line coding for FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3:

• dsx3 B3ZS = 1 (DS3 line)

• e3 HDB3 = 2 (E3 line)




-len Line length for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM:

• E1 SMB 75 ohm (G.703) = 8

• E1 RJ48 120 ohm (G.703) = 9

• T1: 10–15

– 10: 0–131 ft.

– 11: 131–262 ft.

– 12: 262–393 ft.

– 13: 393–524 ft.

– 14: 524–655 ft.

– 15: 655+ ft.

Line length for FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3:

• 1 = less than 225 feet

• 2 = greater than or equal to 225 feet

-clk Xmt Clock Source.

• Loop Clock = 1

• Local Clock = 2




-lpb Type of loopback for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-2CT3 (DS1):

• No loop = 1

• Remote loop = 2 (MPSM only)

• Local loop = 3

Note Option 2 is not supported on the FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, or the FRSM-8E1-C and must be enabled through the use of the SRM

Type of loopback for FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3 (DS3):

• No loop = 1

• Remote loop = 2

• Local loop = 3

• Inband local loop = 4

Note The inband local loop is sometimes called DTE loopback, which loops data back toward DTE equipment.

Type of loopback for FRSM-HS2/B (for both HSSI/X.21):

• No loop = 1

• Remote = 4

• Metallic = 5

Note Metallic loopback is not the same as local loopback. Metallic loopback loops the data back to the network at the physical port on the back card of a service module. Local loopback loops the data back to the network through the framer in the service module.

Note For additional information on loopbacks supported by the FRSM and MPSM cards, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”




-sc Send code for FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM:

• No code = 1

• Line code = 2

• Payload code = 3

• Reset code = 4

Send code for FRSM-2CT3 channelized T1s:

• No code = 1

• Line code = 2

• Payload code = 3

Send code for FRSM-HS2/B:

• No code = 1

• Loop A = 2

• Loop B = 3

• Local loop = 4

• Remote loop = 5

• Unloop = 6

Note This option is not supported on the MPSM-8T1-FRM or MPSM-8E1-FRM cards. For information on BERT, see Chapter 6, “FRSM and MPSM Command Reference,” and refer to the Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45), Cisco MGX 8950, and Cisco MGX 8830 Configuration Guide, Release 5.1, and the Cisco MGX 8850 Edge Concentrator Installation and Configuration, Release 1.1.3 documentation.

-be BERT enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2





-bert BERT pattern.

• 0000 = 0

• 1111 = 1

• 0101 = 2

• 0011 = 3

• User one word = 4

• User two word = 5

• User three word = 6

• User four words = 7

• 2^15-1 = 8

• 2^20-1 = 9

• QRSS = 10

• 2^23-1 = 11


-detect Loopback code detection.

• Code detect disabled = 1

• Code detect enabled = 2

Note For additional information on loopbacks supported by FRSM and MPSM cards, see Chapter 5, “Managing FRSM and MPSM Cards.”

-clktype Clock type.

• 1 = RXC clock not inverted, TXC clock not looped (Internal clock), applicable for V.35/X.21 back cards. (default for X.21)

• 2 = RXC clock inverted, TXC clock not looped (Internal clock), applicable for V.35/X.21 back cards.

• 3 = RXC clock not inverted, TXC clock looped (TxCE), applicable only for V.35 back card. (default for V.35)

• 4 = RXC clock inverted, TXC clock looped (TxCE), applicable only for V.35 back card.

Note Signal names are w.r.t. to the DTE side.

-dsuen Dsx3 Subrate Enable.

• Disable = 1 (Default)

• Enable = 2




-dsusel Dsx3 DSU select.

• Digital Link 3100 mode = 1

• ADC-Kentrox mode = 2

• lars Com = 3

• G.751 Clear channel = 4

-dsulr Dsx3 Line Rate. Enter a line rate that falls within the subrate range and is a multiple of the step value listed below.

• T3, DL3100 Mode—Subrate range: 300 to 44100, Step: 300, Full rate: 44210Kbps

• T3, ADC-Kentrox Mode—Subrate range: 1500 to 35000, Step: 500, Full rate: 44210Kbps

• E3, DL3100 Mode—Subrate range: 358 to 34010, Step: 358, Full rate: 34010Kbps

• E3, ADC-Kentrox Mode—Subrate range: 1000 to 24500, Step: 500, Full rate: 34099Kbps

• E3, Clear Channel—Subrate range: N/A, Step: N/A, Full rate: 34099Kbps

Note The Clear Channel selection requires that the -dsuen <SubRateEna> parameter be set to disabled.

-dsuscr Dsx3 DSU Line Scramble enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

-oof Out of frame (OOF) criteria.

• 3 out of 8 = 1

• 3 out of 16 = 2

-cb Alarm indication signal (AIS) C-bits check.

• Check C-bit = 1

• Ignore C-bit = 2

-rfeac Receive Far-end Alarm and Control (FEAC) validation.

• 4 out of 5 = 1

• 8 out of 10 = 2

-ds3clk Dsx3 Line XMT clock source.

• Backplane clock from PXM = 1

• Recovery clock from T3/E3 = 2

• Local clock = 3 (Default)

-ds3equ Dsx3 Line equalizer.

• Internal equalizer = 1

• External equalizer = 2

-ds3ben Dsx3 Line BERT enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2




Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns, xdspln, xdsplns

Attributes

Example

Enable loopback code detection on line 3 of the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xcnfln -ds1 3 -e 3 -detect 2

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

-srllr Specify a serial line rate from the following ranges:

• HSSI: 2400 to 51840000 bps

• V.35/X.21: 2400 to 8192000 bps

Note Specify the serial line rate in multiples of 1000 if greater than 48000 bps. For example, the following are valid line rates above 48000 bps: 50000, 51835000, 10238000.

-intrtyp This option selects the interface type when the MGX-12IN1-8S back card is used with the FRSM-HS2/B card. Select from the following options:

• X.21 = 2

• V.35 = 3 (default)

-freqth This option sets the DTE/DTE ST clock threshold. The range is 1 to 50 percent of the Serial Line Rate. The default value is 3 percent.

In DTE mode the FRSM-HS2/B card can compare the incoming clock rate against the programmed rate. If it varies by more than the percentage configured, then a clock alarm is generated.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfport

xcnfportConfigure Port—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xcnfport command to configure the characteristics of a port on a FRSM or MPSM card. The xcnfport command can also be used to create new Frame Relay ports.

Syntax

xcnfport -pt <PortNum> [-ln <PortLineNum>] [-en <PortEnable>] [-sp <PortDs0Speed>]

[-ts <PortDs0ConfigBitMap>] [-rat <PortEqueueServiceRatio>] [-flag <PortFlagsBetweenFrames>]

[-sig <SignallingProtocol>] [-asy <AsynchMsg>] [-t391 <T391Timer>] [-t392 <T392Timer>]

[-n391 <N391Counter>] [-n392 <N392Counter>] [-n393 <N393Counter>]

[-enhancedLmi <enhancedLmi>] [-lmias <lmi_autosense>] [-cllmen <cllmEnable>]

[-cllmtm <cnfFrXmtCLLMStatusTimer>] [-ptp <portType>] [-svcen <portSvcStatus>]

[-svcuse <portSvcInUse>] [-pta <portAdmin>] [-pbe <portBertEnable>]

[-m32eqth <EgressQueueThreshold>] [-sactrl <stdABRControl>]

Syntax Description

-pt Port Number. Specify the number for the port you want to modify or create. The dspports and xdspports commands lists all configured ports. The port number range varies with the card type:







Tip Since the non-channelized FRSM-8T1 and FRSM-8E1 cards support only one port per line, you might want to limit the port numbers to 1-8 for easier identification.

Note On the FRSM-2CT3, Freedom chip resources are distributed across the two DS3 lines. Use the dspfdminfo command to monitor the allocation of these resources when adding ports to the channelized DS1 lines.




-ln Port Line Number. Line number to which the port definition or modification applies. To display the lines that have been added, enter the dsplns or dspds3lns command. The line number range varies with the card type:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM range: 1-8

• FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8E1-FRM range: 1-8

• FRSM-2T3E3 range: 1-2


• FRSM-HS2/B range: 1-2 (HSSI back card)

• FRSM-HS2/B range: 1-8 (12IN1-8S back card)

-en Port Row Status.

• Add = 1

• Delete = 2

• Modify = 3

-sp Port DS0 Speed. This option sets the bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0:

• 1 = 56 Kbps

• 2 = 64 Kbps

When adding a port to an E1 line configured with CLEAR signaling, use only the 64 Kbps option.

Note The DS0 speed cannot be changed on an existing port.

Note This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports.

-ts Port DS0 Configuration Bit Map. Enter a hexadecimal number. For example, to use timeslots 1-24 on a T1 line, enter ffffff. To use timeslots 5-24 on a T1 line, enter fffff0. The least-significant bit is the lowest timeslot number. For more information on the timeslots supported by each card type, see the begin_slot and num_slot parameters of the addport command.

Note The DS0 bitmap cannot be changed on an existing port.

Note This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPS-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, and FRSM-2CT3 (channelized T1) ports.

-rat Port Egress Queue Service Ratio. This option determines the queue service priority on egress. Range = 1-15.

-flag Port Flags Between Frames. This option determines the minimum number of hexadecimal 7E flags inserted between frames leaving the FRSM. Range = 1-255.




-sig Signaling Protocol. Type of LMI signaling to be used on the card:

• 1 = Other

• 2 = None

• 3 = Strata LMI

• 4 = Annex A UNI

• 5 = Annex D UNI

• 6 = Annex A NNI

• 7 = Annex D NNI

Note When LMI is configured, the maximum number of connections per port for Strata LMI port is 560 and for Annex A/D UNI/NNI port is 898.

-asy Enables or disables asynchronous updates. Asynchronous updates are an extension to the LMI protocol that notify the user immediately of changes in PVC and Multicast status. Before enabling this feature make sure that any DTE equipment you are connected to supports asynchronous updates from the network. An Update Status (UPD) message indicates the PVC status and the Multicast status of a single DLCI on a port. UPD messages are precipitated by changes in the configuration, active status, or flow control of a PVC. An Unsolicited Full Status (UFS) message indicates the status of all PVCs or Multicast groups on a port.

• Update Status (UPD) and Unsolicited Full Status (UFS) disabled = n or 1 (default)

• UPD enabled = y or 2

• UFS enabled = 3 (Supported only with NNI signaling)

• UPD and UFS enabled = 4 (Supported only with NNI signaling)

Asynchronous updates are not part of the periodic polling process and do not satisfy the requirement for a status message in a given polling interval.

-t391 T391 timer. This is the Link Integrity Verification polling timer. The user (DTE) sends Status Enquiry messages to the network (DCE) every T391 seconds. An error is recorded if a Status message is not received within T391 seconds. The T391 counter always applies to the user equipment. It applies to the user and network if NNI bi-directional polling is present.

Range: 5–30 sec

Default: 10

-t392 T392 timer. This is the Polling Verification timer. The network (DCE) expects Status Enquiry messages from the user (DTE) every T392 seconds. If the network does not receive a Status Enquiry message from the user within T392 seconds and the timer expires, then the network records a missing Status Enquiry message by incrementing the N392 counter. This timer value must be set greater than the T391 timer. The T392 timer always applies to the network. It applies to the network and user if NNI bi-directional polling is present.

Range: 5–30 sec

Default: 15




-n391 N391 counter. This setting establishes the Full Status (status of all PVCs) polling cycle. The user (DTE) sends a Full Report Status Enquiry to the network (DCE) every N391 polls. The N391 counter always applies to the user equipment. It applies to the user and network if NNI bi-directional polling is present.

Range: 1–255

Default: 6

-n392 N392 counter. This setting specifies the error threshold. This is the number of errors during N393 events that will cause an error condition. This counter should be less than or equal to the N393 counter. This counter can apply to both the user (DTE) and the network (DCE).

Range: 1–10

Default: 3

-n393 N393 counter. This setting is the monitored events count, which must be greater than the N392 counter. N392 errors during N393 events will cause an error condition. If the N393 counter is set to a value much less than the N391 counter, the port could go in and out of an error condition without notification to either the user equipment or the network. This counter can apply to both the user (DTE) and the network (DCE).

Range: 1–10

Default = 4

-enhancedLmi Enable or disable enhanced LMI (ELMI). Enhanced LMI enables the automatic exchange of Frame Relay QoS parameter information between the DTE and DCE. When enabled on both the DTE and the FRSM or MPSM port, this allows the DTE device to learn QoS parameters from the frame relay port and use them for traffic shaping, configuration, or management purposes.

• Disable = 1 (default)

• Enable = 2

-lmias LMI autosense. With LMI autosense enabled the frame relay port will detect and configure its LMI signaling type to that of the LMI signaling type configured on the attached CPE. If LMI autosense is disabled, the user must manually configure the LMI signaling type by using the -sig option above or the addport or cnfport commands.


• 2 = enable



-cllmen Enable or disable Consolidated Link Layer Management (CLLM). CLLM allows the ForeSight congestion management feature to extend beyond the boundaries of the MGX network. The -cllmtm parameter must be configured at the same time as this parameter.


• 2 = enable




-cllmtm CLLM timer. This setting is the amount of time to wait to receive CLLM updates before timing out.

Range: 40–5000 ms

Default: 1000 (1 sec)

-ptp Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.

• 1 = Frame Relay UNI or NNI

• 2 = ATM Forum FUNI mode 1A

• 3 = Frame forwarding (no translation or mapping of header contents, CRC evaluated)

-svcen Port SVC Status.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

-svcuse Port SVC In Use. Specifies whether SVC’s are in use.

• Not in use = 1

• In use = 2

-pta Port administrative state.

• Up = 1

• Down = 2

-pbe Port BERT enable.

• Disable = 1

• Enable = 2

Note This option applies only to FRSM-2T3E3 ports.

-m32eqth M32 egress queue threshold. Enter a threshold value in the range of 1 to 6000 bytes.

Note This option applies only to FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, and MPSM-8E1-FRM ports.

For more information on the use of this option, see the cnfm32eqthresh command.

-sactrl Enter the number that corresponds to the standard ABR control options you want to use. Control options include Resource Management (RM) cell generation and DE to CLP and FECN to EFCI mapping in the FR to ATM direction of traffic flow for channels present on the port.

• 1 = No RM cell generation, no mapping

• 2 = No RM cell generation, mapping enabled

• 3 = RM cell generation enabled, no mapping (default)

• 4 = RM cell generation enabled, mapping enabled

Note This option applies only to MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, and FRSM-8E1-C ports.




Related Commands

addport, cnfport, cnfportcllm, delport, delports, dspport, dspports, xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Configure enhanced LMI on port 1 of the current FRSM card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > xcnfport -pt 1 -ln 1 -en 3 -enhancedLmi 2





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfportrscprtn

xcnfportrscprtnConfigure Port Resource Partition—FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xcnfportrscprtn command to modify the configuration of a port-level resource partition.

Syntax

xcnfportrscprtn -pt <portNum> -ctrlr <controller> -en <rowStatus> [-maxlcn <max_lcn>]

[-lodlci <dlci_low>] [-hidlci <dlci_high>] [-ingrbw <ingressBW>] [-egrbw <egressBW>]

[-ctrid <controller-id>]

Syntax Description

-pt Specify the number for the port associated with the resource partition you want to modify. The dspports and xdspports commands lists all configured ports.

-ctrlr Controller for this partition:

• 1 = PAR (PVC)

• 2 = PNNI (SPVC)

• 3 = TAG (MPLS)

-en Row Status.

• Add = 1

• Delete = 2

• Modify = 3

-maxlcn Maximum LCNs available in this port resource partition. Range by card type:

• FRSM-2T3E3: 1–2000

• FRSM-2CT3: 1-4000



-lodlci Minimum DLCI number available in this port resource partition.



-hidlci Maximum DLCI number available in this port resource partition.



-ingrbw Ingress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for ingress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.

-egrbw Egress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for egress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.

-ctrid Enter a number that will be associated with the controller used by this partition. Range is 1 to 255.



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfportrscprtn

Related Commands

addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn, cnfportrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspports, dsprscprtn, xdspports

Attributes

Example

Change the maximum LCN available for the PNNI controller on port 1 to 1000.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > xcnfportrscprtn -pt 1 -ctrlr 2 -en 3 -maxlcn 1000





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfrscprtn

xcnfrscprtnConfigure Resource Partition—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM

Use the xcnfrscprtn command to modify the configuration of a port-level resource partition.


xcnfrscprtn -pt <portNum> -ctrlr <controller> -en <rowStatus> [-maxlcn <max_lcn>]


[-ctrlrid <controller-id>]

Syntax: PXM1

xcnfrscprtn -pt <portNum> -ctrlr <controller> -en <rowStatus> [-maxlcn <max_lcn>]


Syntax Description

-pt Specify the number for the port associated with the resource partition you want to modify. The dspports and xdspports commands lists all configured ports.

-ctrlr Controller for this partition:

• 1 = PAR (PVC)

• 2 = PNNI (SPVC)

• 3 = TAG (MPLS)

-en Row Status.

• Add = 1

• Delete = 2

• Modify = 3

Note The Add and Delete options are not supported in Cisco MGX Release 1.3 (PXM1 platforms).

-maxlcn Maximum LCNs available in this port resource partition. Range by card type:

• MPSM-8T1-FRM: 1–1000

• MPSM-8E1-FRM: 1-1000

-lodlci Minimum DLCI number available in this port resource partition.

• On PXM45 and PXM1E platforms, the range is 16 to 1023

• On PXM1 platforms, the range is 0 to 1023

-hidlci Maximum DLCI number available in this port resource partition.

• On PXM45 and PXM1E platforms, the range is 16 to 1023

• On PXM1 platforms, the range is 0 to 1023

-ingrbw Ingress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for ingress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexcnfrscprtn

Related Commands

addrscprtn, cnfportrscprtn, cnfrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspportrscprtn, dsprscprtn, xcnfportrscprtn

Attributes

Example

Modify the PNNI port-level partition on port 1 of the current MPSM card to support a maximum of 300 LCNs.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > xcnfrscprtn -pt 1 -ctrlr 2 -en 3 -maxlcn 300


-egrbw Egress bandwidth percentage. Enter the percentage of the line bandwidth to be used by this controller for egress communications. Range is 1 to 100 percent.

-ctrlr_id Enter a number that will be associated with the controller used by this partition. Range is 1 to 255.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspchan

xdspchanDisplay Channel—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspchan command to display configuration and operational data for a connection.

Syntax

xdspchan -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delchans, delcon, dncon, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchans

Attributes


Display configuration and operational data for channel 16 on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > xdspchan -chn 18

-------------------------------------------------------- ChanNum: 18 RowStatus: Add AdmnState: Up ChanState: Failed ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- PORT-ALARM CTRLR-ABIT E-AIS/RDI LMI-ABIT RAS FAIL ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NO YES NO NO NO ------------------------------------------------------

ChanNum: 18 ChanRowStatus: Add ConnAdminStatus: Up ChanPortNum: 3 ChanDLCI: 300 EgressQSelect: Hi ChanServType: CBR

ChanNum Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons, dspchans, and xdspchans commands.






IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 384000 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ICR: 0 MCR: 0 PCR: 0 RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: SPVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 384000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Do not apply CAC ChanLocalVpi: 28 ChanLocalVci: 319 ChanLocalNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR1 ChanRoutingPriority: 8 ChanPreferredRouteId: 0 ChanDirectedRoute: No ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 1440 ChanConnSCR: 1440 ChanConnMCR: 10 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanConnRemotePCR: 1440 cps ChanConnRemoteSCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemoteMCR: 10 cps ChanConnRemotePercentUtil:100 ChanServiceRateOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 1000 cps




ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps ChanReRoute: False RemoteConnMBS: 1024 cells



Example: PXM1

Display configuration and operational data for channel 16 on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > xdspchan -chn 18

ChanNum: 18 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 16 EgressQSelect: Lo ChanServType: NotConf IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 1536000 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ForeSightEnable: Disabled QIR: 4000 MIR: 4000 PIR: 4000 ICR: 0 MCR: 0 PCR: 0 RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 Cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: Failed ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: PVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 1536000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Disabled ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 16 ChanLocalNSAP: 4d383235305f534a000000000000000016000100




ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: ATFR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 2147483647 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 4000 cps ChanConnMCR: 4000 cps ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanServiceRateOverride: disabled ChanServiceRate: 4000 cps ChanZeroCirEir: 0 bps





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspchancnt

xdspchancntDisplay Channel Count—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspchancnt command to display detailed historical statistics for a connection. Use this command to view the traffic being processed on a specific connection. Because the statistics are historical, you might want to clear them using the clrchancnt or clrchancnts command before beginning your testing or troubleshooting.


Syntax

xdspchancnt -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, clrchancnt, clrchancnts, cnfcon, delcon, dncon, dspchancnt, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xclrchancnt, xcnfchan

Attributes

Example

Display channel counters of channel 16 on the FRSM card in slot 12.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 16

ChanNum: 16 ChanState: okay ChanUpTime: 1372885

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Sending A=1 Off ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state Total Frames: 10002 10001 Total Bytes: 1060064 1060032 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0

-chn Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons and dspchans commands.


Log: No State: Any State Privilege: Any User



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspchancnt

Frames Discarded: 0 0 Bytes Discarded: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 BytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspchans

xdspchansDisplay Channels—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspchans command to display a summary of all the connections on the current FRSM card.

Syntax

xdspchans

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addcon, addspvc, cnfchan, cnfcon, copychans, delchan, delchans, delcon, dncon, dspchans, dspcon, dspcons, rrtcon, tstcon, upcon, xcnfchan, xdspchan

Attributes


Display a summary of all the connections on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > xdspchans

LCN Port.DLCI VPI.VCI Class Type M/S CIR DE EgrQ Admin Alarm ---- --------- ------- ------ ----- --- -------- --- ---- ----- ----- 0017 002.0200 28.0219 UBR NIW S 768000 Dis Lo Up CTRLR-ABIT 0018 003.0300 28.0319 CBR NIW S 384000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0019 004.0400 28.0419 rtVBR NIW S 384000 Dis Hi Up CTRLR-ABIT 0020 005.0500 28.0519 nrtVBR NIW S 384000 Dis Lo Up CTRLR-ABIT 0021 006.0600 28.0619 UBR NIW S 384000 Dis Lo Up CTRLR-ABIT 0024 001.0100 28.0119 stdABR NIW S 768000 Dis Lo Up OK 0025 007.0700 28.0719 stdABR NIW M 768000 Dis Lo Up OK







Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspchans

Example: PXM1

Display a summary of all the connections on the current MPSM card.

M8250_SJ.1.22.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > xdspchans

DLCI Chan EQ ServType I/EQDepth I/EQDEThre I/EECNThre Fst/ DE Type LocRmtLpbk Alarm ------------- ---- -- -------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- --- ----- ---------- ----- 22.1.1.16 18 Lo NotConf 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Disabled Yes 22.3.2.17 19 Lo NotConf 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Disabled Yes






Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspchanstdabr

xdspchanstdabrDisplay Channel Standard ABR—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C

Use the xdspchanstdabr command to display standard ABR parameters for a specific channel on a FRSM or MPSM card.

Syntax

xdspchanstdabr -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

cnfchanstdabr, cnfportstdabrctrl, cnfstdabrctrl, dspchanstdabr, dspstdabrctrl, xcnfchanstdabr

Attributes

Example

Display the standard ABR parameters of channel 17 on the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xdspchanstdabr -chn 17

ChanNum: 17 MCR: 0 cps PCR: 0 cps ICR: 0 cps RIF: 64 RDF: 16 Nrm: 64 Trm: 255 ms TBE: 16777215 cells FRTT: 0 ms ADTF: 500 ms CDF: 16

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >

ChanNum Specify the channel for the connection to be displayed. You can view connection information with the dspcons, dspchans, and xdspchans commands.





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspdsx3bert

xdspdsx3bertDisplay Dsx3 BERT—FRSM 2T3E3

Use the xdspdsx3bert command to view parameters and results of the current Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) session.

Syntax

xdspdsx3bert

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert

Attributes

Example

Display the current BERT session status.

PXM1E_SJ.1.29.VHS2T3.a > xdspdsx3bert

Bert Control: Acquire dsx3Bert Bert Resource Status State: In Use Bert Owner: CLI Bert Status: Inactive Bert Test Medium: Line Line Number : 0 Bert Mode : bertPatternTest Bert Pattern : allOnes Start time (secs.) Not Configured Yet Start Date Not Configured Yet Bit uppercount: 0 Bit lowercount: 0 Bit Error uppercount 0 Bit Error lowercount 0 Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled Error Insertion count: 0





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspln

xdsplnDisplay Line Configuration—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Enter the xdspln command to view configuration for a specified line.

Note RS-232 ports are not supported on the current set of FRSM or MPSM cards.


xdspln -rs232 <PortNum>

or

xdspln -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3


or

xdspln <-ds3|-e3> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3


or

xdspln <-ds3|-ds1> <LineNum>

Syntax: FRSM-HS2/B

xdspln <-rs232|-x21> <LineNum>

Syntax Description

PortNum Port number of the RS-232 line you want to display. Range is 1 to 2. Use the xdsplns -rs232 command to view the available lines.


LineNum Line number for the line you want to display. Use the dsplns, dspds3lns, or xdsplns command to view the available lines. Range of lines:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM = 1-8 for ds1 lines.

• FRSM-2T3E3 = 1-2 for ds3 and e3 lines.

• FRSM-2CT3 = 1-2 for ds3 lines and 1-56 for ds1 lines.

• FRSM-HS2/B = 1-2 for the MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card and 1-8 for the MGX-12IN1-8S back card.



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspln

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns, xcnfln, xdsplns

Attributes


Display line 1 on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > xdspln -ds1 1

LineNum: 1 LineConnectorType: RJ-48 LineType: dsx1ESF LineEnable: Modify LineCoding: dsx1B8ZS LineLength: 0-131 ft LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming LineLoopbackCommand: LocalLineLoop LineSendCode: NoCode LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0xffffff LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled LineBERTEnable: Disable




Display line 1 on the current FRSM-8T1 card.

spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdspln -ds1 1

LineNum: 1 LineConnectorType: RJ-48 LineType: dsx1ESF LineEnable: Disable LineCoding: dsx1B8ZS LineLength: 0-131 ft LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineSendCode: NoCode LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x0 LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled LineBertEnable: Disable LineNumOfValidEntries: 8 spirit.1.1.FRSM.a >




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdsplns

xdsplnsDisplay Lines—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdsplns command to view a summary of all lines on the current card.


Syntax

xdsplns -<lineType>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addln, cnfds3ln, cnfln, delln, dspds3ln, dspds3lns, dspln, dsplns, xcnfln, xdspln

Attributes

Example

Display the ds1 lines on the current MPSM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > xdsplns -ds1

Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Type Source Alarm ---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- ----- 28.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Mod/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No 28.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Mod/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No 28.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Mod/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim Yes No

lineType Line type for the line summary you want to display. Types of lines available by card type:

• FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM = rs232 or ds1

• FRSM-2T3E3 = rs232, ds3, or e3

• FRSM-2CT3 = rs232, ds1, or ds3

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-SCSI2-2HSSI/B back card = rs232 or x21

• FRSM-HS2/B with MGX-12IN1-8S back card = rs232 or x21





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdsplns

28.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 28.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 28.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 28.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 28.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim





Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspport

xdspportDisplay Port—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspport command on a FRSM or MPSM to view a detailed port configuration for a single port.

Syntax

xdspport -pt <PortNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, delport, dspport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspports

Attributes


Display port 1 configuration information on the current MPSM-8T1-FRM card.

M8850_SF.1.28.MPSM8T1.FRM.a > xdspport -pt 1

SlotNum: 28 PortLineNum: 1 PortNum: 1 PortRowStatus: Mod PortDs0Speed: 64k PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1) PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1 PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1 PortSpeed: 1536kbps SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15 N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: Active PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 40 portType: frameRelay portStdABRControl: No Rm Cell Generation, Mapping PortIngrPercentUtil: 0 PortEgrPercentUtil: 0

PortNum Specify the number for the port you want to view. The dspports and xdspports commands lists all configured ports.





PortOversubscribed: False PortSvcStatus: Disable PortSvcInUse: Not In-Use PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based PortSvcLcnLow: 0 PortSvcLcnHigh: 0 PortSvcDlciLow: 0 PortSvcDlciHigh: 0

PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000 PortNumNextAvailable: 2



Display port 1 configuration information on the current FRSM-HS2/B card.

PXM1E_SJ.1.11.VHSHS2B.a > xdspport -pt 1

SlotNum: 11 PortLineNum: 1 PortNum: 1 PortRowStatus: Add PortDs0Speed: notUsed PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1) PortEqueueServiceRatio: n/a PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 0 PortSpeed: 1544 kbps PortLmiSigConfMethod: Autosense SignallingProtocolType: StrataLMI AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 sec T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15 sec N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: Active PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 40 ms portType: frameRelay portEnhancedSIW: Disable PortIngrPercentUtil: 100 PortEgrPercentUtil: 100 PortOversubscribed: False




PortSvcStatus: Disable PortSvcInUse: Not In-Use PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based PortSvcLcnLow: 0 PortSvcLcnHigh: 0 PortSvcDlciLow: 0 PortSvcDlciHigh: 0

PortNumNextAvailable: 2




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspportcnt

xdspportcntDisplay Port Counters—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspportcnt command to view detailed historical statistics for a specified port on the FRSM or MPSM card. Use this command to view the traffic being transmitted to and received from the attached end-user equipment. Because the statistics are historical, you might want to clear them using the clrportcnt or clrportcnts command before beginning testing or troubleshooting.


Syntax

xdspportcnt -pt <PortNum>

Syntax Description

Related Commands

clrportcnt, clrportcnts, dspportcnt, dspports, xclrportcnt

Attributes

Example

Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM-8T1 card.

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a > xdspportcnt -pt 1

PortNum: 1

Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 Frames Abort: 0 0 Buf Not Available: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtFramesUnderrun: 0 RcvFramesDE: 0 RcvFramesDiscCRCError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0

-pt Specify the number for the port for which you want to view statistics. The dspports or xdspports command lists all configured ports.




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspportcnt

RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0 RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 RcvFramesDiscNoChan: 0 RcvFramesUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvLastUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvFramesTaggedFECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedBECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedDE: 0 Status: 0 0 StatusInquiry: 0 0 AsynchUpdate: 0 0 RcvInvalidRequest: 0 RcvUNISeqMismatch: 0 RcvNNISeqMismatch: 0 UNISignallingTimeout: 21 NNISignallingTimeout: 0 FramesCLLM: 0 0 BytesCLLM: 0 0 CLLMFailures: 0 RcvFramesDiscard: 0 XmtFramesDE: 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 BytesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0

M8850_SF.1.11.FRSM.a >



Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspports

xdspportsDisplay Ports—MPSM-8T1-FRM, MPSM-8E1-FRM, FRSM-8T1, FRSM-8T1-C, FRSM-8E1, FRSM-8E1-C, FRSM-2T3E3, FRSM-2CT3, FRSM-HS2/B

Use the xdspports command to view a summary of all ports on the current card.

Syntax

xdspports

Syntax Description

None

Related Commands

addport, cnfport, delport, dspport, dspports, xcnfport, xdspport

Attributes

Example

Display a summary of all ports on the current FRSM card.

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a > xdspports

Port Ena/Speed EQServ SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 Type Alarm ELMI Ratio -------- --- ----- ------ ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- ----- ---- 12.1.1 Mod/1536k 1 StrataLMI 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 12.2.2 Mod/1536k 1 StrataLMI 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off

Number of ports: 2

PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000 PortNumNextAvailable: 4

M8850_SF.1.12.FRSM.a >




Chapter 6 FRSM and MPSM Command Referencexdspports

FRSM and MPSM Command Reference...6-3 Cisco Frame Relay Services (FRSM/MPSM) Configuration and...

Documents

Transcript of FRSM and MPSM Command Reference...6-3 Cisco Frame Relay Services (FRSM/MPSM) Configuration and...